2011 we abet self-study

ABET

Self-Study Report

for

Welding Engineering

Bachelor of Science Degree Program at

The Ohio State University

Columbus, Ohio

June 16, 2011

CONFIDENTIAL

The information supplied in this Self-Study Report is for the confidential use of ABET and its

authorized agents, and will not be disclosed without authorization of the institution concerned,

except for summary data not identifiable to a specific institution.

Table of Contents Page Number

A. Background Information .........................................................................1

B. Accreditation Criteria Summary 1. Students................................................................................................................ 3

2. Program Educational Objectives........................................................................10

3. Student Outcomes…………….......................................................................... 16

4. Continuous Improvement ..................................................................................18

5. Curriculum..........................................................................................................43

6. Faculty………………………………………………………………………….62

7. Facilities..............................................................................................................69

8. Institutional Support and Financial Resources ..................................................73

Appendix A – Course Syllabi

Appendix B – Faculty Vitae

Appendix C – Equipment

Appendix D – Institutional Summary

1

A. BACKGROUND INFORMATION

1. Degree Title

Bachelor of Science in Welding Engineering

2. Contact Information

Dave F. Farson

Welding Engineering Program

1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr.

Columbus, OH 43221

Telephone: 614-688-4046

Fax: 614-292-6842

[email protected]

3. Program History

The Welding Engineering (WE) program at The Ohio State University offers the only

ABET-accredited Bachelor of Science in welding engineering in the United States. Welding

engineering was established as a department with a BS program within the Industrial

Engineering Department in 1948. It became a separate department in 1948, an M.S. degree was

established in 1956 and a Ph.D. degree in 1985. In establishing the department, the OSU College

of Engineering recognized that engineering for welding requires a uniquely broad set of

knowledge. In designing and refining welding processes, operations and welded products,

welding engineers apply knowledge and techniques from the diverse engineering disciplines:

materials, manufacturing. design and non-destructive evaluation. Based on this interdisciplinary

foundation with an added technical area of polymers, the department eventually achieved

national recognition for its materials joining research and education. Over 1000 Welding

Engineering degrees have been conferred since the inception of the program, with over 50% of

those in the past 20 years. Currently, approximately 20 to 40 BS degrees are awarded annually.

Welding Engineering graduates from Ohio State are highly sought after by major corporations

throughout the United States. Starting salaries are competitive with the highest of offers in all

engineering disciplines at Ohio State.

The Welding Engineering Department was re-combined with the Industrial Engineering

department in 1994 during a restructuring aimed at decreasing the number of department in the

College of Engineering. It became one of two degree programs within the renamed Department

of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering. During AY 2009/2010, the Welding

Engineering Program was transitioned into the Materials Science and Engineering Department.

This reconfiguration was based in part on a realization that the research programs of the two

departments had evolved in such a way that there was more synergy between the MSE and WE

programs and less synergy between the ISE and WE programs than there had been in the past. In

addition, welding metallurgy had always been seen as a key component of the WE undergraduate

curriculum, partially because of the required MSE course content.

4. Options

2

The WE program offers no options.

5. Organizational Structure

The program is located within the Department of Materials Science and Engineering, in the

College of Engineering, under the provost and president.

Table D-3, Organizational Chart

The Ohio State University Engineering Programs

Dr. E. Gordon Gee, University President

Dr. Joseph Alutto, University Executive Vice President and

Provost

Dr. David Williams, Dean, College of

Engineering

Dr. Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Chair,

Department of Mechanical and

Aerospace Engineering

Dr. Mei Zhuang, Aeronautical & AstronauticalEngineering

Dr. Gary Kinzel, Mechanical Engineering

Dr. Richard Hart, Chair, Department of

Biomedical Engineering

Dr. Mark Ruegsegger, Biomedical Engineering

Dr. Stuart Cooper, Chair, Department of Chemical

and BiomolecularEngineering

Dr. Jim Rathman, Chemical Engineering

Dr. Xiaodong Zhang, Chair, Department of

Computer Science and Engineering

Dr. Neelam Soundarajan, Computer Science and Engineering

Dr. Carolyn Merry, Chair, Department of

Civil and Environmental Engineering and Geodetic Science

Dr. Mark McCord, Civil Engineering

Dr. John Lenhart, Environmental

Engineering

Dr. Robert Lee, Chair, Department of Electrical

and Computer Engineering

Dr. George Valco, Computer Engineering

Dr. George Valco, Electrical Engineering

Dr. Julia Higle, Chair, Department of

Integrated Systems Engineering

Dr. Steve Lavender, Industrial & Systems

Engineering

Dr. Rudolph Buchheit, Chair, Department of Materials Science and

Engineering

Dr. Yogesh Sahai, Materials Science &

Engineering

Dr. Dave Farson, Welding Engineering

Dr. Bobby Moser, Dean College of Food, Agricultural, and

Environmental Sciences

Dr. Sudhir Sastry, Interim Chair,

Department of Food, Agricultural and

Biological Engineering

Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Agricultural Engineering

Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Food, Biological, and

Ecological Engineering

Dr. Joseph Steinmetz, Dean College of Arts &

Science

Dr. Peter March, Interim Divisional Dean of

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Dr. James Beatty, Chair, Department of Physics

Dr. Richard Hughes, Engineering Physics

6. Program Delivery Modes

Day

7. Program Locations

Edison Joining Technology Center, 1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr., Columbus, OH 43221.

8. Deficiencies, Weaknesses or Concerns from Previous Evaluation(s) and the Actions

Taken to Address Them

The final statement from the 2005-6 ABET review of the WE program listed one area of

concern and one observation. The concern noted that many students transfer to WE from

other majors and require approval of course substitutions. It was stated that the program

should review its procedures for approving and documenting course substitutions.

Since transferring from the Integrated Systems Engineering Department to the Department of

Materials Science and Engineering, the Welding Engineering program course substitution

approval and documentation procedures now conform to the procedures used in the latter

department. All petitions for substitutions or exceptions by WE majors are subjected to

mandatory review by the undergraduate studies committee chair and are documented in the

undergraduate studies committee minutes by the Department Academic Advisor. They are

also documented on the student's degree audit. The most common substitutions for

transferring students are for General Education Requirements and Engineering Graphics 167.

These are approved at the College level and are also documented on the student's degree

audit.

The observation contained in the final statement from the 2005-6 ABET review of the WE

program noted that a number of program faculty were nearing retirement age. It was

recommended that the program develop a plan describing how retiring faculty would be

replaced. In response to this recommendation, a Welding Engineering Transition Planning

Committee (TPC) was convened in December 2006 at the request of Dr. Julia Higle, Chair of

3

Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering Department with the urging of College of

Engineering Dean Baeslack. The goal of the committee was to assist the IWSE Department

in planning for the future development of the Welding Engineering program. The output of

this process was two reports with plans to maintain the program through the faculty

retirement transitions. The first report was submitted by the WE faculty to the Transition

Planning Committee on June 15, 2007 and the second submitted by the committee to the

IWSE department chair Higle on July 12, 2007.

Subsequent events included retirement of four tenured faculty, hiring of one tenured faculty

and a decision to refocus and strengthen the WE program by transitioning it to the

Department of Materials Science and Engineering during AY 2009/2010. The majority of the

faculty (three of the four) that retired since the 2005 ABET review taught courses in the

welding processes area of Welding Engineering and 3 of the retired faculty were chair of the

WE program ABET committee in the year of their retirement (Profs. Richardson, Albright

and Tsai). The program has since added a clinical faculty who teaches processes-related

courses. Also, there is currently an active search underway for an additional tenured faculty

with expertise in the area of welding processes. These efforts, combined with assumption of

increased teaching load by the remaining tenured welding process faculty have maintained

the quality of instruction in the process area.

9. Joint Accreditation

The program is solely accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET

and is not jointly accredited by any other commission.

GENERAL CRITERIA

CRITERION 1. STUDENTS

1.A Student Admissions

Admission to The Ohio State University is selective. Applicants undergo a

holistic review considering standardized test scores, high school (or previous institution)

performance, and written essays. This review and the admission decision are handled centrally

in the Office of Undergraduate Admissions and First Year Experience. Students who have been

admitted indicating engineering as their area of interest and having a minimum ACT Math score

of 24 or SAT Math score of 560 are directly enrolled as pre-engineering students in the College

of Engineering. Students who do not meet this score may enroll in the University Exploration

program and apply for admission to a pre-engineering program after completing Math 151 and

either Chemistry 121 or Physics 131 with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. Students who start

at a regional campus of Ohio State (Newark, Lima, Marion, Mansfield, & Wooster) are eligible

to change to the Columbus campus after completing 45 credit hours to include Math 151 and

either Chemistry 121 or Physics 131 with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher regardless of

whether they start as a pre-engineering student or not. Transfer students admitted to the

university may also be admitted directly to the College of Engineering in a Pre-Welding

Engineering major status. Students in the pre-major status have the advantage of being advised

4

directly by the Department Academic Advisor. Pre-engineering students then must meet the

specific academic requirements for admission to their desired major.

Admission to the Welding Engineering Program as a Major normally occurs after the

student has completed the freshmen engineering core (curriculum will be presented in Section 5).

Admission to the Welding Engineering Program requires a minimum 2.0 CGPA and a minimum

2.0 CGPA in a program-specific set of “Secondary Point Hour” courses chosen from the

engineering core for purposes of determining who is admitted to the major. For Welding

Engineering, those courses include: Engineering 181 and 183; Engineering Graphics 167; Math

151, 152 and 153; Chemistry 121 and 125; and Physics 131 and 132. (or their equivalents).

1. B. Evaluating Student Performance

1.B.1 Course Grading, Credit Points, Grade Point Averages and Deficiency Points

The two objectives in the student evaluation process are that each student maintains a

minimal level of performance in each and every course in the program, and a reasonably

consistent level of academic performance throughout the program. This evaluation procedure is

based on the grading (marking) of individual courses.

Instructors are required to list the course

evaluation criteria on the course syllabus, and distribute

the course syllabus at the beginning of each course.

Typical evaluation instruments include examinations,

quizzes, written and oral reports, and skill assessment.

The result is a letter and numerical grade score (GS). The

correspondence between letter grades and grade score is

given in Table 1.1. The credit points (CP) awarded for

each course is the product of course credits (C) and grade

score:

GSCCP

For example, a grade of C in a 3 credit course results in

award of 6 credit points.

Grade point average (GPA) for any time period is

the ratio of total credit points awarded to total credits of courses completed in that period.

C

CPGPA

Grade point averages used in assessment of student progress are cumulative grade point average

(CGPA), quarterly grade point average (QGPA) and GPA in Welding Engineering courses. The

student must pass every course in their program curriculum. Courses may be repeated, but poor

academic performance (defined as any quarter with a QGPA less than 2.0) can bring academic

probation and eventually dismissal from the department and then the college, as discussed later

in Progress, Academic Probation, and Dismissal, section 1.B.3.

Table 1.1 Letter grades and scores

Letter Grade Grade Score

(GS)

A 4.0

A- 3.7

B+ 3.3

B 3.0

B- 2.7

C+ 2.3

C 2.0

C- 1.7

D+ 1.3

D 1.0

E (failure) 0.0

5

For students with CGPA of less than 2.0, deficiency points (DP) are calculated as the

PCCDP 2

Any student who accumulates 15 or more deficiency points is placed on academic probation by

the University.

1.B.2 Graduation Requirements

In order to graduate, each student must pass every WE course in their program

curriculum. They must also have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average (CGPA) and at

least a 2.0 grade point average in Welding Engineering courses. These graduation requirements

provide an end point for the student’s path through the curriculum.

1.B.3 Progress, Academic Probation, and Dismissal

Any student who has accumulated fifteen or more deficiency points is placed on

probation by the University. The probation continues provided the student’s college considers

the student’s progress to be satisfactory and is removed when the deficiency points are fewer

than fifteen. University academic probation and dismissal policies supersede all other college

actions. In summary, satisfactory progress in Welding Engineering is defined as maintenance of

QGPA of 2.0 in all attempted courses and not withdrawing from any course without permission

of the student advisor. Detailed procedures for the college and Welding Engineering are spelled

out in Appendix F. The student is notified of probationary status and what will be considered as

satisfactory progress by the dean of the college. In the COE, the dean has appointed a designee

to perform this notification. The designee presents academic probation cases to the Academic

Standards and Progress (ASAP) Subcommittee at the quarterly meeting after grades are

submitted.

The College of Engineering monitors the academic performance of all engineering

students. If performance does not significantly improved each quarter until the deficiency in

quality points is removed, the student can be dismissed from the College of Engineering. Such

actions are determined by the College of Engineering Committee on Academic Actions.

The student may also be placed in a probationary status or dismissed from individual

programs within the College of Engineering if specific program criteria are not met. Such

actions are known as “Special Action Probation (SAP)”. The Welding Engineering SAP

criteria are generally based on academic term (quarter or semester) grades and academic

progress.

Following each quarter’s report of grades for that preceding quarter, if a student has

earned less than a 2.0 quarterly grade point average (QPHR), regardless of total credit hours

taken that quarter, the student is placed on SAP for Grades.Each student placed on SAP for

Grades will be sent a letter, by email, stating the following conditions of their probation:

1. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour (QPHR) of 2.0 or above in their next quarter

of enrollment.

6

2. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour ratio of 2.0 or above in any Welding

Engineering courses.

3. The student may not drop any course after the third Friday of the quarter without written

permission from the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson.

4. The student may not receive a grade of Incomplete (I) or a grade of E in any course taken

that quarter.

5. The student must attain/maintain a cumulative point-hour ratio (CPHR) of 2.0 or above.

In addition, the student may be required to meet periodically with the program Advisor or

with the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson. Also, a student may be restricted in the number of

hours they will be allowed to enroll in for the next quarter.

Students may also be placed on SAP or lack of progress. If a student earns excessive W’s

or I’s, or if a student has taken a preponderance of courses not related to the major, the student is

placed on SAP for Lack of Progress.Each student placed on SAP for Lack of Progress will be

sent a letter, by email, stating the following conditions of their probation:

1. The student must take courses in their next quarter of enrollment which are required in

their chosen major.

2. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour (QPHR) of 2.0 or above in their next quarter

of enrollment.

3. The student must earn a quarterly point-hour ratio of 2.0 or above in any Welding

Engineering courses.

4. The student may not drop any course after the third Friday of the quarter without written

permission from the Undergraduate Studies Chairperson.

5. The student may not receive a grade of Incomplete (I) or a grade of E in any course taken

that quarter.

6. The student must attain/maintain a cumulative point-hour ratio (CPHR) of 2.0 or above.

Following receipt of grades after the student’s next quarter of enrollment, a student will

be removed from SAP if it is determined that the student has met the terms listed above. A letter

of this notification will be sent by email to the student.

If the student fails to meet the above-listed terms of the academic probation, then the

student will be considered for departmental dismissal.

A student dismissed from the program may petition for reinstatement after at least 3

quarters from the dismissal. This will provide adequate time for the student to demonstrate the

capability of satisfactory performance in scientific and technical courses. A student wishing to

be considered for reinstatement should first meet with the Academic Advisor and with the

Undergraduate Studies Chair.

1.B.4 Monitoring of Students

The Department Academic Advisor primarily assists with registration and monitoring.

The advisor screens both CGPA’s and Welding Engineering course grade point averages at the

end of each quarter to determine progress toward degree and violations of academic standards.

7

The Advisor then informs the Undergraduate Curriculum of such violations, the committee

determining the appropriate actions. The Advisor also helps students negotiate any problems

with University rules and regulations and is available to help with students' personal issues. The

Advisor provides the knowledge and connection for a student with other resources on campus

available to the student.

At the beginning of the third year the Advisor reminds students of the technical elective

and GEC requirements, and collects technical elective forms for approval or submission to the

Undergraduate Curriculum Committee. The Advisor also reminds students of the requirement,

and collects applications for graduation at least three quarters prior to graduation.

At the end of each quarter the Advisor monitors both CGPA and Welding Engineering

course grade point averages to determine two issues: (1) progress toward degree and (b)

violations of academic standards. If violations of academic standards are determined, the

Undergraduate Curriculum Committee is informed and makes the appropriate disposition

(placing a student on Special Action Probation (SAP), continuing a student on SAP if

appropriate based on individual circumstances, taking a student off SAP, or dismissing the

student).

The Department academic Advisor has the responsibility of ensuring that students have

met the pre-requisites for courses in which they wish to enroll. The Advisor normally does not

allow students to enroll in courses for which they do not have listed pre-requisites. In case

unusual circumstances argue for admission of the student to a particular course for which they

lack prerequisites, the student may petition the WE undergraduate studies committee, detailing

the prior experience that they feel qualifies them to enroll without prerequisites. In consultation

with the course instructor, the undergraduate studies committee grants or denies permission to

enroll in the course.

Progress toward degree is monitored by making sure that the student was enrolled in

appropriate and required courses. The Advisor sends quarterly e-mail messages out to the email

list of our students in the major reminding those who intend to graduate three quarters in the

future to submit a completed Application to Graduate. The Advisor then reviews the overall

progress to degree, including the students' completion of other University requirements such as

the GECs, and uses the students' predictions of enrollment for their remaining quarters to check

that all requirements will be fulfilled upon graduation.

1.C. Transfer Students and Transfer Courses

The requirements and processes for accepting transfer students and assessing transfer credit

are summarized in this section. The State of Ohio articulation policy and the Ohio Board of

Regents College Level Examination Program description form the basis of the Ohio State

University practices for awarding transfer credits for the various mathematics, sciences and

general education curriculum courses that make up much of the required curriculum for the

freshman and sophomore years for the Welding Engineering degree.

1.C.1 Transfer Students

8

The acceptance of transfer students is a two step process. First the student is considered

for acceptance into the university, and then the student is considered for acceptance into the

individual program. The University acceptance procedure for transfer students is covered in

Transfer Application Packet 2011. The procedure for acceptance as a major in the Welding

Engineering Program is the same as discussed in 1.A of this document except that the 2.0 GPA is

based on only those freshmen core courses taken at Ohio State (not on core courses for which

transfer credit was awarded).

Potential transfer students apply to The Ohio State University via a Transfer Student

Application, which is first evaluated and verified in the University Admissions Office. Domestic

applicants with a 2.7 GPA on a 4.0 scale or better, in 45 non-technical, transferable quarter (30

semester) hours are admitted directly to the college as a pre-major in the engineering program of

their choice. Domestic applicants who do not meet these criteria, and all international applicants

applying to transfer in either from a U.S. or international institution, are referred to the program

in which they have indicated interest. The department's Undergraduate Studies Committee

makes an admission decision based on their evaluation of the student’s ability to function well in

the program.

1.C.2 Transfer Course Credit

The Office of Admissions also makes preliminary decisions of the department and

category of credit for all courses for which the student had received a grade of “C-” or better at

their previous school(s). Transfer credit could be assigned direct course equivalency by

Admissions, for example, assuming that a basic English Composition course at any accredited

school would be equivalent to Ohio State’s English 110. Most commonly the transfer credit

evaluator is able to determine this for basic humanities and social science courses. Transfer

credit may also be awarded as “General”, “Special” or “Technical”. Credit awarded in any of

these categories must be specifically evaluated by individual departments for potential

equivalency to OSU courses. A student who had, for example, “Math General 10 credit hours”

on their Transfer Credit Evaluation Form, would take course description bulletins, syllabi and/or

textbooks from the course(s) at their previous institution to the Transfer Evaluator (usually a

faculty member) in that Department and the Evaluator would indicate on a form the OSU

course(s) to which that credit is equivalent and send the form back to Admissions. Admissions

would verify signature and credit hour totals and then instruct the Registrar’s Office to include

the specific equivalencies as part of the student’s official record.

In some cases specific equivalencies are not possible. In such cases a department’s

evaluator may write a letter stating that the intent of the requirement has been fulfilled without

specific equivalency or that a large portion of material in the previous course covers a large

portion of material in the OSU course. Based on those support letters, a Department might

approve a Substitution Petition for that student for that course. After approval by the

Undergraduate Studies Committee, a Substitution Petition then goes to a College Committee for

final determination, and, if approved, becomes part of the student’s permanent record.

The Welding Engineering Program does not award transfer credit for welding

engineering lecture courses. Examination credit is sometimes awarded for OSU Welding

Engineering 350, and 351. Credit for these two laboratory courses may be awarded by

9

satisfactory completion of an examination as described in section 1.C.3 below. Transfer credit

for Welding Engineering lecture courses at the 300 level and above is normally not present in

courses from other institutions who offer welding-related curricula due to the need for calculus

as well as calculus-based physics and electrical circuits prerequisites.

1.C.3 Tests for Credit by Examination for WE350, WE350

Examination by credit for Weld Eng 350

Must pass 2 written tests SMAW, OAW 70% or better on each test. 15 questions, each

test is worth 15 points.

Must pass 2F T-Joint visual and break test with full penetration with one restart half way.

Any lack of fusion in 6” of weld fails. Visual consist of acceptable amount of porosity,

cracks, undercut, slag inclusions. Each visual part worth 5 points, total test work 25

points. 70% or better pass test.

Cutting test consists of ¼” plate, when cutting is finished plate must measure 5x5. Plate

will have 2 45 bevel, 2 straight cut, and a 1” hole in center of plate, each cut worth 5

points, making test worth 25 points, tolerance must be +/- 1/8” bevels within 2 degrees,

70% or better passes test.

Examination by credit For Weld 351

Must pass 2 written tests GMAW, GTAW 70% or better on each test. 15 questions, each

test is worth 15 points.

Must pass a 2F three pass T-Joint and single pass Lap Joint with the GMAW Process, the

test must pass visual. The visual consists of acceptable amount of porosity, cracks,

undercut, and slag inclusions, and equal legs. The test score shall be 70% or better to

pass. Any LACK OF FUSION will automatically fail. Example: rollover at the toe lines,

the weld is not properly fused into base material.

Must pass a 2F three pass T-Joint and single pass Lap Joint with the GTAW Process, the

test must pass visual. The visual consists of acceptable amount of porosity, cracks,

undercut, and slag inclusions, and equal legs. The test score shall be 70% or better to

pass. Any LACK OF FUSION will automatically fail. Example: rollover at the toe lines,

the weld is not properly fused into base material.

1.D. Advising and Career Guidance

Academic advising across all engineering programs is coordinated at the College level by

the Engineering Director of Academic Advising. Engineering 100, an introduction to the

University and engineering majors, is coordinated across all programs. Both pre-majors and

majors are advised. During orientation students are assigned an engineering advisor according

to the pre-major they choose and will have an academic advisor until they graduate. The

advising function in the Welding Engineering Program is performed both formally and

informally. Formal advising is performed by a member of the department administrative staff,

currently Ms. M. Daniels. Students who have yet to enter either category are advised as

undecided students in the College of Engineering, or by advisors within the Undergraduate

10

Student Academic Services office. Students meet with the advisor at the student’s discretion.

Only students in a probationary status are required to receive advisor approval prior to

registration.

The relatively small size of the Welding Engineering Program provides many

opportunities for students to become well acquainted with most of the faculty. Many students

receive informal advising from faculty on a variety of topics including academic programs and

requirements, graduate school, career paths and other areas of importance.

1.E. Work in Lieu of Courses

No credit is awarded for work in lieu of Welding Engineering lecture courses. WE pre-

major students that request such credit in lieu of the laboratory courses WE350 and WE351 are

given the opportunity to obtain examination by credit by completing an examination to

demonstrate knowledge and manual welding skills. This two-part exam is administered by the

WE350/WE351 laboratory instructor consists of a written portion covering recitation topics and

a manual welding demonstration. A written description of the examinations is appended to this

self-study report.

1.F. Graduation Requirements

In order to graduate and be awarded a Bachelor of Science in Welding Engineering

degree, an undergraduate student must pass every required course in the WE program

undergraduate curriculum. They must also have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average

(CGPA) and at least a 2.0 grade point average in Welding Engineering courses. The Department

Academic Advisor is responsible for verifying and certifying that the graduation requirements

have been met by each and every graduating student. These graduation requirements provide an

end point for the student’s path through the curriculum.

1.G. Transcripts of Recent Graduates

The program will provide transcripts from some of the most recent graduates to the

visiting team. The program is designated as WELD ENG in the transcripts.

CRITERION 2. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES

2.A. Mission Statement

The mission of welding engineering is to educate future materials joining engineers and

leaders, to improve materials joining by creating and disseminating scientific understanding

and new technologies and to support the materials joining community.

2.B Program Educational Objectives

The program educational objectives are listed below. These objectives are published on the

Ohio State University College of Engineering website at

http://engineering.osu.edu/academic/degreeprograms/WLD.php under the link “Major Sheet”.

1. Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering

science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and

aesthetic aspects of engineering.

11

2. Welding engineers will have knowledge

of the fundamental theory of the process,

design, materials and testing aspects of

welding.

3. Welding engineers will be able to apply

their fundamental welding engineering

knowledge in an integrated fashion to

solve diverse practical problems in the

welding and joining field.

4. Welding engineers will be able to

communicate effectively in written, oral

and informal forms with a variety of

audiences.

5. Welding engineers will be able to work

effectively in independent and

collaborative aspects of their

professional activity in an organized and

productive fashion.

2.C Consistency of the Program Educational

Objectives with the Mission of the Institution

The vision of the Ohio State University is

defined in its Academic Plan, accessible at

http://www.osu.edu/academicplan/stage.php.

The stated purpose of the OSU is “To advance

the well-being of the people of Ohio and the

global community through the creation and

dissemination of knowledge.” Core values are:

A. Pursue knowledge for its own sake.

B. Ignite in our students a lifelong love of

learning.

C. Produce discoveries that make the world

a better place.

D. Celebrate and learn from our diversity.

E. Open the world to our students.

Comparison shows that the objectives of the

undergraduate WE program are aligned and

consistent with the Ohio State University

purpose and core values, although the latter are

somewhat larger in scope and aspiration.

2.D Program Constituencies

Welding Engineering identifies five

constituencies of the program that have a stake

in the achievement of the above objectives by

Table 2.D-1 Companies Hiring WE Majors 05 – 06

12

program graduates. The primary constituencies include: students that choose the program, the

industries that recruit and employ welding engineering graduates, and the alumni of welding

engineering that support the program. The Edison Welding Institute (EWI) is viewed as a

significant constituency due to their unique relationship with the program. Finally, graduate

schools in engineering are recognized as constituencies as they rely on graduates to seek higher

levels of education and/or life-long learning. The interests and role of these constituents are

summarized below.

2.D.1 Students

The students that choose our program, and their families, are in several ways the most

important constituency of the program. They are the constituency with which we have the most

direct contact. They are often the most vocal in praise and criticism. This constituency makes a

huge investment of time, financial resources, aspirations and faith in the university, the college,

and the program to provide an avenue to a viable, challenging and life-long career endeavor.

They deserve the best education that can be provided, and one that will assure them success

throughout their professional careers.

2.D.2 Industry

Welding Engineers graduating from Ohio State often enter some aspect of the welding

industry on graduation with a BS degree. Welding Engineering graduates can be employed in

various capacities by manufacturers or end users of every imaginable kind of engineered

structure, product, or process. This may be within the identifiable “welding industry”, or in the

multiplicity of companies large and small that rely on joining of materials for manufacture of

products ranging from routine (e.g., automotive mufflers, lawn mowers) to the highly critical

(e.g., jet aircraft engines, artificial pacemakers). The data for companies hiring WE graduates,

co-ops and summer interns in the 05-06 academic year is inserted in Table 2.D-1. Although this

is a snapshot, it provides an illustration of the range of industries with needs for Welding

Engineering graduates.

2.D.3 Welding Engineering Alumni

Welding Engineering alumni are a significant constituency of the program because of the

unique status of Ohio State welding engineering alumni in the U.S. welding industry, and their

responsible positions and influence in major companies in many industrial sectors. A substantial

number of new graduates each year are hired by WE alumni who head corporate or plant welding

groups and activities. Ohio State Welding Engineering has a dedicated and active group of

alumni, organized into The Ohio State University Welding Engineering Alumni Society. These

alumni express a considerable support in the Welding Engineering program, its continuation, and

its improvement.

2.D.4 Edison Welding Institute

The Ohio State University Welding Engineering program has a unique relationship with the

Edison Welding Institute (EWI). EWI is a non-profit corporate consulting, research and

13

development organization with over 200 corporate subscribers. Subscribers include major and

minor companies throughout the US, as well as many in Ohio. This includes companies like

General Electric, Caterpillar, General Motors and Ford. EWI owns the 130,000 square foot

Edison Joining Technology Center (EJTC), on land leased from Ohio State University at the

West Campus of the university. EWI occupies approximately 100,000 square feet, with

approximately 30,000 square feet leased to the university to house the Welding Engineering

program. EWI has a staff of approximately 60 engineers, the majority of whom are graduates of

Welding Engineering. EWI operates with an annual budget of up to $30M per year. EWI

supplies as much as $600,000 in research funds to Ohio State University. A number of

undergraduate welding engineering students work in part-time capacities for EWI throughout the

school year. Some students also intern full-time at EWI during summers. Cooperative research

with EWI also employs a number of graduate students who may work either in EWI or OSU

laboratories. Due to their partnership with Ohio State, their employment of more Ohio State

welding engineers than any other entity, and their strong ties with the welding industry

throughout the United States, they are regarded as an important constituency. Also, EWI

technicians are paid by the program to provide laboratory instruction for the introduction of

students to manual welding, and logistical support for welding laboratory maintenance.

2.D.5 Graduate Programs

Typically ten to twenty percent of BSWE graduates go directly into graduate school. Most of

those who continue seek an MS in Welding Engineering at Ohio State. They often continue due

to participation in the combined BS/MS for students that have demonstrated high academic

ability. The combined BS/MS program allows the attainment of an MS degree with one

additional year following the BS. BS/MS plan students are often employed by EWI as a part of

an EWI Graduate Fellowship program that involves participation in project and research work at

EWI. Students wanting to pursue graduate study often stay on at OSU. Graduates that go to

other universities typically choose an industrial engineering, mechanical engineering or materials

science-related program. As in many engineering disciplines, pursuing a graduate program at

Ohio State may not be attractive to most graduates compared to starting a career in industry with

lucrative industrial salaries. It is not unusual to find BS WE graduates in corporate research and

development positions because of their unique background in welding principles and

fundamentals. Graduates that continue their education later in their careers may choose MBA

programs rather than graduate programs in engineering as they progress into management

positions. As a result, graduate programs are currently not considered to be a major constituency

of the Welding Engineering program.

2.D.5 Relationship of Program Educational Objectives to Constituent Needs

The objectives listed in section 2.B imply knowledge in a mixture of fundamental and

applied subject areas that comprehensively meet the needs of the constituents. In particular,

2.B.1 and 2.B.2 both require knowledge of welding-related basic science and mechanics

concepts that prepare a student for graduate study while 2.B.3 explicitly calls out the applied

knowledge needed by industrial applications and welding development engineering. The

communications and teamwork topics addressed by objectives 2.B.4 and 2.B.5 and the basic

cultural literacy requirement in 2.B.1 are needed by all graduates.

14

2.E Process for Revision of the Program Educational Objectives

Consideration of the continuing suitability of the program objectives and outcomes is

carried out periodically in discussions held during the Program Assessment Board (PAB)

meetings. Input for this review of objectives comes from several sources. One source of input

has been the College of Engineering Alumni Survey. This survey asks second and sixth year

alumni to judge the suitability, usefulness and success of their learning education relative to the

program objectives after gaining the benefit of their employment experience. A source for

judging overall success of the program in the eyes of employers, with implications to program

objectives and outcomes, has been starting salary data for graduating seniors. Another source

of input has been the Welding Engineering Program Assessment Board members experiences

with capstone projects teams. The PAB is constituted primarily of industry sponsors of senior

capstone projects, so the board members experiences also informs the review of program

objectives in addition to attainment of them by that years’ students.

The current Program Educational Objectives were in place before the time of the last

program review completed in 2005. These program objectives and outcomes were first approved

by the IWSE Department Advisory Board in the Autumn of 1998. The objectives were

developed based on analysis of the existing program, and with the aid of Welding Engineering

representatives on the Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering Advisory

Board (with representation from both the Welding Engineering and Industrial and Systems

Engineering programs). Board members also assisted with the development of the Welding

Engineering program outcomes necessary for achievement of the program objectives. Original

objective and outcome development was based on elements of the existing program, career

experiences of board members, and on US Department of Labor information describing the

profession of welding engineering.

Program objectives in place at the time of the previous ABET program review (2005)

were re-affirmed in 2009 by the program assessment board meeting during that year.

2.E.1 College of Engineering Alumni Survey

The College of Engineering Alumni Survey has been conducted on a yearly basis since

1999 as a source of data on program objectives and outcomes. This survey has been distributed

to second and sixth year engineering graduates of all engineering programs. This survey has a

general component and a component specific to each degree program. The survey asks the

alumni to rate accomplishment of the program objectives based on their educational experience.

The responses give an indication of the perceived accomplishment of the objectives as a

component of assessment of program outcome assessment to be discussed regarding ABET

Criterion 3 in the next section.

2.E.2 Placement Data

Placement data for graduates with a BS degree in Welding Engineering is viewed as an

indicator of the success of the program in meeting the program educational objectives in that it

15

reflects the perception of employers as to the future contribution and impact that graduates can

make in the industry. Historically, Welding Engineering has experienced good demand for BS

degree graduates as reflected by numbers employed and starting salary offer comparisons with

other disciplines. Formal placement data supplied by OSU Engineering Career Services and

Employer Relations of the College of Engineering provides quantitative data concerning

placement (reporting is voluntary and therefore does not account for all graduates). This data

allows a trend over time to be studied, mainly with regard to any deterioration in demand for

graduates that might suggest the need for improvement of program objectives or outcomes for

the purpose of supplying a more qualified and respected graduate. It is necessary to keep in

mind that the salary data is self-reported which has potential implications for the

comprehensiveness and representativeness of the sampling set.

Table 2.E-1. Placement results for BSWE students (salaries based on data reported by graduating

students)

BS-Major 2005-2006 2006-2007 2007-2008 2008-2009 2009-2010

Welding Engineering average $53,355 $55,569 $58,577 $61,087 $55,008

# students reporting 36 34 39 25 7

Career Employment Accepted 31 25 32 17 15

Further Education 7 2 3 2 5

Looking 5 6 3 3 5

Military Commitment 0 0 0 0 1

No Info 2 2 0 0 4Returned to Home Country 1

2.E.3 Program Assessment Board

The Program Assessment Board (PAB) is made up of representatives from companies

who sponsor capstone design projects and selected representatives from previously cited

constituencies. It has been charged with yearly assessment of the extent to which WE Program

Educational Objectives are being achieved, as well as to provide recommendations for

improvement of Program Objectives and Outcomes. They also give general feedback to the WE

faculty, via the WE Undergraduate Studies Committee, of their opinion of the program and

recommendations for improvement based on their capstone project interactions and other

experience with the program.

The PAB meets during the ninth or tenth week of classes of the Spring Quarter. This date

is chosen to correspond with the final presentation of Capstone Design projects by graduating

seniors, thus giving the board an opportunity to view presentations for assessment purposes.

Minutes from the 2009 and 2011 PAB meetings and the attendees are presented in Section 4

Continuous Improvement. Board members are introduced and provided an update on the

program since the last meeting. Materials provided to the board members consist of a list of

board members and affiliations, an overview of the program educational objectives and student

outcomes and results of the various assessment activities that have taken place, including alumni

survey and placement data. They attend final presentations of several Capstone Design projects.

They subsequently discuss the program among themselves and with faculty representatives to

provide feedback on the program objectives, outcomes and suggestions for improvement.

16

CRITERION 3. STUDENT OUTCOMES 3.A Student Outcomes

Graduates from the BSWE program must demonstrate the learning outcomes listed by ABET

as :

(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering

(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data

(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs

(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams

(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems

(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility

(g) an ability to communicate effectively

(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a

global and societal context

(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning

(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues

(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for

engineering practice.

In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:

WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection

techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions

WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,

design and inspection requirements

WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application

requirements

These learning outcomes were arrived at in discussions with the Program Assessment

Board and are contained in annual reports, which are maintained for open access by faculty and

students in a dedicated office area of EJTC. They were approved by the faculty in March 2009

and by that year’s PAB in June 2009.

3.B Relationship of Student Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives

Achievement of the learning outcomes prepares graduates to attain the program objectives.

To assist in describing the relationship between the outcomes and objectives, Table 3.B-1 below

groups the WE outcomes under the objectives that they support. Note that the ABET a)-k)

outcomes are fairly general so the same outcome supports more than one program objective in

some cases.

Table 3.B-1 Student Outcomes Relationship to Program Educational Objectives

17

Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

Outcomes. New graduates have:

(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering,

(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,

(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,

(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning,

(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues.

Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.



(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems,

(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions.

Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.


(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data,

(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs,


(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions,

(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements,

(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.

Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.


(g) an ability to communicate effectively,

(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

Objective 5 Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.


(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,

18



CRITERION 4. CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

This section documents: a) the processes for regularly assessing and evaluating the

extent to which the program educational objectives and student outcomes are being attained, and

b) evaluation results that quantify the extent to which the program educational objectives and

student outcomes are being attained. It also describes how the results of these processes have

been utilized to effect continuous improvement of the program and provides examples of those

improvements.

The annual continuous improvement process used by the WE program is summarized in

the diagram below.

19

The assessment instruments used to gather data for the process are listed in each block and

the person(s) responsible for collecting the information are also shown. The approximate timing

of the collection of the various data is distributed throughout the academic year to correspond to

the time at which the information is available. The program assessment board meeting is

convened by the WE UGSC chair near the end of spring quarter. This meeting coincides with the

final project presentations by WE capstone teams since this board is comprised primarily of

capstone project sponsors.

4.A Program Educational Objectives Assessment

Table 4.A-1 lists the assessment processes used to gather data used to evaluate the program

educational objectives, the frequency of data collection, the expected level of attainment for each

objective. Also, the results of the evaluation processes and the extent to which each of the

program educational objectives is being attained are summarized. More discussion of the

assessments in this table is provided below.

Table 4.A-1 Program Educational Objective Assessment Processes and Evaluation

Assessment process Frequency Expected level of attainment Current Level of attainment

1. College alumni survey

biannual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained Min: 3.86 Max: 5.00

2. PAB meetings biannual consensus attained

The results of the college alumni survey are maintained by the college and made available for

ABET report preparation purposes on a password-protected web server. The WE salary data

reported by graduating students is maintained by the college placement office and is made

available on a public website at https://career.eng.ohio-state.edu/statistics/salaries-current.php.

The PAB meeting minutes are recorded and maintained by the WE UGSC chair.

4.A-1 Program Educational Objectives Assessment Results

The Welding Engineering program evaluates its educational objectives through feedback

from the College of Engineering Alumni Survey of recent graduates and Program Assessment

Board. The college survey asks alumni to rate the degree to which the WE curriculum allowed

them to achieve stated program objectives within several years after graduation. The Program

Assessment Board is asked to comment on the suitability of the objectives for the undergraduate

curriculum.

The results of the College of Engineering alumni surveys for the years 2006, 2008, and

2009 are summarized in Tables 4.A.2-4 below. Note that the 2009 data was taken out-of-

sequence so as to be available for this ABET evaluation cycle.

Table 4.A-2 College of Engineering alumni surveys 2006 n=7 Don’t

Agree(1) Somewhat Agree (2)

Agree(3) Strongly Agree(4)

Very Strongly Agree(5)

Not Applicable

No Response

Numerical Average

You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the

0.0% 0.0% 28.6% 57.1% 14.3% 0.0% 0.0% 3.86

20

underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

You have adequate knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.

0.0% 0.0% 14.3% 42.9% 42.9% 0.0% 0.0% 4.29

You are able to apply fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.

0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 57.1% 28.6% 14.3% 0.0% 4.33

You are able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.

0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 42.9% 42.9% 14.3% 0.0% 4.50

You are able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.

0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 42.9% 42.9% 14.3% 0.0% 4.50





Not Applicable

No Response

Numerical Average

You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

0.0% 8.3% 16.7% 50.0% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.92


0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 75.0% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.25


0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 41.7% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.08


0.0% 8.3% 0.0% 58.3% 33.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.17

You are able to work 0.0% 0.0% 8.3% 33.3% 58.3% 0.0% 0.0% 4.50

21

effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.





Not Applicable

No Response

Numerical Average

You can utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

0.0% 00.0% 25.0% 25.0% 50.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.25


0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.75


0.0% 0.0% 25.0% 0.0% 75.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.50


0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.00

You are able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of your professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.

0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.00

Generally, the results all indicated that the alumni either strongly or very strongly agree

(Likert levels 4 and 5) with the objectives listed in the table. The only statement that received a

rating less than 4 (3.89 in 2006 and 3.92 in 2008) corresponded to Objective 1” You can utilize

the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and feel that you are aware

of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.”. However, this

objective improved a strong rating of 4.25 in 2009. No specific course or curriculum

modifications are implied by these results.

Program Assessment Board Meetings

The program advisory board meeting was not held in 2007 due to retirements of WE program

personnel. A meeting of the capstone sponsor representatives from AY 2008-2009 with minutes

as shown in Table 4.A-5.

Table 4.A-5 2009 OSU WE Program Capstone Program Assessment Board Meeting Minutes

22

• 5/28/09 10:45 – 12:00 Rm 102 • Attending: D Harwig (EWI), A Swary (Panasonic FA), D Molnar, M Topping (Siemens) • A program summary consisting of curriculum objectives, outcomes and assessment results for the

current year was presented for 1st the 45 min, after which the panel discussed curriculum topics

• The general idea of broadening the “inspection” component of WE to “Quality” was supported by several attendees.

• One attendee suggested the inclusion of waveform design and offline programming of robotic systems as useful skills

• One attendee said graduates do not have knowledge to select among the various commercially-available welding wire formulations for a given application (simple example: S1, S3, S6 steel wires: what affect does silicon have on the weld?)

• This lead to a general discussion of usefulness of“chemistry of welding” topic that was dropped from the curriculum when Prof Howden retired. In general, the attendees agreed that this could be topic for a replacement faculty recruited as part of the WE-MSE transition.

• Several attendees mentioned that in general, capstone presentations could be more “polished” to clearly state conclusions, etc.

• Several attendees mentioned the ISE student advisor as an asset and hoped that the alumni communications (e.g. about jobs opportunities) would continue after the WE-MSE transition

The most immediate actionable item from the discussion was a suggestion for improvement of

the capstone presentations. This was forwarded to the capstone instructor for the coming year,

Professor Lippold. The suggestion for power supply waveform design is considered for inclusion

in the WE500 course. The topic can be covered after the introduction to switching power supply

designs, time permitting. However, there are other higher priority subjects that are of interest to a

broader spectrum of welding engineering job functions that must be thoroughly covered. The

acquisition of off-line robot programming software is currently being discussed with Motoman

by Prof. Phillips in conjunction with the new robotic work-cell that was installed during AY

2010-11. Prof. Phillips currently has a full schedule of 9 lab exercises that have been developed

for instruction on this new system via WE656 - Robot Programming and Operations beginning in

Au2011. However, when the program transitions to a semester calendar beginning in Au2012,

there will be 14 instruction weeks, so the additional off-line programming topic can be feasibly

added.

A meeting of the program advisory board consisting of capstone sponsor representatives from

AY 2010-11 was held on June 3, 2011 with minutes as shown in Table 4.C-5. At the 2011 PAB

meeting, the representatives were asked to fill out questionnaires with ratings of the extent to

which the capstone members teams displayed capabilities and preparedness relating to the WE

student outcomes. This data is tabulated and discussed in Criterion 4 of this report.

Table 4.A-6 2011 OSU WE Program Capstone Program Assessment Board Meeting Minutes

• 6/03/2011 10:45 – 12:00 Rm 102 • Attending: Deere: A. Mortale, B. King; EPRI: S. McCracken; Cameron: D. Hannam; Babcock&Wilcox:

S. Slack; OSU: D. Farson, D. Phillips, B. Alexandrov • Slides were presented for 1st 30 min, after which the panel discussed curriculum topics and

suggestions for improving the curriculum and capstone course sequence. • The suggestion was made that the welding lab equipment should be expanded to include other

manufacturer’s equipment besides Lincoln Electric. D. Phillips briefly described the intent to incorporate a number of Miller systems in the weld booths and also mentioned the new Motoman robot system, which is equipped with a Miller GMA welding system.

• The WE informational YouTube video created by one of this year’s capstone teams was presented.

23

One of the board members suggested that some means be found to include the video in this year’s ABET report.

• A discussion of the current class sizes in WE (Sr: 22, Jr: 24) prompted a discussion of the role of scholarships in recruiting out-of-state students. It was mentioned that the availability of numerous WE UG scholarships helps to offset the increased out-of-state cost. D. Hannam suggested that perhaps the program and scholarships could be advertised more and that the new video could be distributed to high school advisors via DVD. It was mentioned that the current YouTube accessibility probably reaches a more extensive audience and is cost effective. A short and a longer version are both readily located by searching “Welding Engineering Ohio State University” on YouTube.

4.B Student Outcomes Assessment

Table 4.B.1 lists the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the evaluation of

student outcomes is based. The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried

out, the expected level of attainment for each of the student outcomes and the extent to which

each of the student outcomes is being attained are summarized. More discussion of the

assessments in this table is provided below. Attainment level of 70% for coursework indicates

that at least 70% of students achieved scores of 70% (grade of C-) or better on the applicable

assessment instruments. The marginal assessment applies when the percentage of student scoring

C- or better falls below 70% but at least 70% are still attaining a passing grade (score of 60%,

grade of D) or better. The unacceptable assessment would apply when more than 30% of

students are achieving failing scores on applicable instruments (score less than 60%, grade of E)

Table 4.B-1 Student Outcomes Assessment Processes and Evaluation

Assessment process Frequency Expected level of attainment Current Level of attainment

1.Instructor-based coursework assessments

quarterly attainment = 70% for all assessments

see Table 4.C-5 for outcomes with marginal attainment

2. Senior class surveys bi-annual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained

3. Capstone class surveys bi-annual agreement (3/5) for all objectives attained

3. WE placement data annual college average salary not attained (AY09-

10) WE:$52,210;

COE: $54,993

Table 4.B-2 lists the contribution of the required WE curriculum courses to the ABET and WE

program student outcomes. It is evident from the data that all of the outcomes have four or more

courses that contribute to their attainment with outcome j (knowledge of contemporary issues)

having the fewest and outcome a (ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and

engineering) having the most. Contemporary issues are predominantly addressed by the general

education curriculum courses which are not considered in this self-study.

24

Table 4.B-2 Degree of contribution of required courses to student outcomes 1= major, 2 = some,

3 = small.

The required course WE 489 Industrial Experience I is worthy of note with regards to

contribution to outcomes. The value of this course as an ABET requirement has been debated by

the faculty from time to time and there was serious consideration to removing it from the

required curriculum at the time of the last curriculum revision completed in AY2006-7. One

primary issue with this course is the variability of the summer jobs that the students are able to

obtain. The level of economic activity in the US and the suitability of the qualifications of the

students for the available jobs in any given year both impact the Industrial Experience outcomes.

The most persuasive argument for the course is feedback from numerous individual students

about the significant contribution that the course makes to their welding engineering education.

A summary of the student reports from the year 2010 is provided in Table 4.B-3 below. Also, to

accommodate the variability of work experiences inherent in this course, the format of the final

report is being changed to require that students identify at least 2 ABET+WE student outcomes

that their job related most to (and at which level 1,2 or 3) and further explain how the job

experience contributed to their attainment of these outcomes. With these modifications, we

believe that the contribution of the WE489 course to each student’s attainment of identified

learning outcomes will be more readily assessed.

Table 4.B-3 Summary of Student Feedback from Au 2010 WE 489 Course Reports

Students Organization Student Evaluation of Experience

1 OSU Very good (graduate student)

2 B&W Very Good (employed by company)

3 Swagelok Good

4 Panasonic Good

5 Lincoln Electric Good

6 Ford Very good

25

7 Dynamic Materials Good

8 Westinghouse Electric Fair

9 Curtis Wright Fair

10 Lincoln Electric Good

11 ESAB Very Good

12 John Deere Very Good (employed)

4.B-1 Instructor-Based Student Outcome Assessment Results

1.Instructor-based coursework assessments

The course assessment format and summaries are documented in each required course

portfolio that is maintained by instructors and is to evaluators. The instructor assessments of

attainment of student outcomes are linked to ABET outcomes 3.a-k and program outcomes l-n.

The degree attainment of each applicable outcome is assessed by the instructor according to the

scale A: acceptable; M: marginal; U: unacceptable. The course assessments reflect faculty

opinions about the understanding of the class materials relevant to applicable outcomes based on

homework, tests and other work. It serves and an indirect indicator regarding the sufficiency of

class materials and the appropriateness of prerequisites. Attainment level of 70% for coursework

indicates that at least 70% of students achieved scores of 70% (grade of C-) or better on the

applicable assessment instruments. The marginal assessment applies when the percentage of

student scoring C- or better falls below 70% but at least 70% are still attaining a grade of D or

better (score of 60% or better). An example of a coursework assessment spreadsheet it inserted

below in Table 4.B-4. In summary, instructor direct assessments in the course work evaluation

spreadsheets indicate attainment of applicable student outcomes with the exceptions and

comments as noted below in Table 4.B-5.These comments indicate the improvements being

made to improve the attainment of outcomes. In the case where the course content is small in an

area but the assessment instrument scores or student interactions provide insight into the

attainment of an objective, the contribution of the course to the outcome is listed as 3.

26

Table 4-B-4. Coursework assessment spreadsheet example (WE500/550) WE 500/550 Course Contributions to WE Program Outcomes and Assessment Reporting

ABET a-k + WE Program Component WE Core Assessment Elaboration/WE program Objective Course(s) 500/550 Result Recommendation/Outcome Credits 3+1 Qtr/Yr Action

Estimated Wi11Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering contribution 1-Major •Acceptable Refer to attachment

science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical to PO: 2-Some Assessment •Marginal notes at bottom (e.g.and aesthetic aspects of engineering. 3-Small Method •Unacceptable 1,2,3,…)Outcomes. New graduates have:

a an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering, 1 1,2,3 A

f an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,

h the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,

i a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning, 2 1,2,3 A

j a knowledge of contemporary issues.

Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of fundamental theory of the process, design, materials

and testing aspects of welding.


a ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering, 1 1,2,3,4 A

e ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3 A

L ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on conditions.

Objective 3 - Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an

integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.


b ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data, 1 4 A

c ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs, 1 1,2,3,4 A

e ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3 AL an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on conditions, 1 1,2,3,4 A

m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements, 1 1,2,3 A

n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.

Objective 4 - Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal

forms with a variety of audiences.


g an ability to communicate effectively, 3 1,2,3 M 1k an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. 2 3 A

Objective 5 - Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative

aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.


d an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,

e an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems, 1 1,2,3,4 A

k an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. 2 3 A

Level of

Implementation

Ongoing

Current

Outcome Assessment Method Details: Success Criteria Future

1

2 Midterm exam 70%3

4

Elaboration/ 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, disscussion of class work

Recommendation/ 2.)

Actions 3.)

Final exam

Worksheets showing results of laboratory exercises, calculations

Homework

ongoing

ongoing

ongoing

ongoing

WE Curriculum

70%

70%

70%

27

Table 4.B-5 Summary of coursework assessments outcome attainments and comments where

marginal attainment was indicated (70% of students received grades better than D on applicable

coursework). Note that marginal attainment is lower than attainment which is defined as 70% of

students receiving a grade of C- or better.

Course Outcome / contribution*

Comment

MSE581.04 g/1 1.) Need improved approaches to developing and assessing writing skills

WE500/550 g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work

WE600 g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work

WE611/661 a/1 1.) Continue to emphasize the use of computational tools to provide quantitative understanding of metallurgical principles

2.) Incorporate the use of ICME (integrated computational materials engineering) tools for describing process-materials interactions in the semester class

g/3 1.) Continue to emphasize the use of good writing skills by sharing best practice

WE612 g/2 1.) Lab report quality varies greatly among students, but has improved over the past few years. A "template" approach seems to work best for improving quality

WE620 f/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional and ethical responsibilities

4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. j/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional

and ethical responsibilities L/1 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. m/3 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. WE621 f/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and

professional and ethical responsibilities 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. h/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and

professional and ethical responsibilities 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. j/3 2.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and

professional and ethical responsibilities

m/3 4.) This topic is discussed in more detail in other courses; will continue

to emphasize related aspects in lectures. WE641 b/2

f/2 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional

and ethical responsibilities

g/3 1.) Increase emphasis on clarity of writing in grading, discussion of class work

h/3 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional


28

i/2 2.) Continue to emphasize need for life long learning and and use of modern

engineering tools

j/2 1.) Continue to relate course material to contemporary issues and professional


m/2

WE489 g/1 1.) Develop strategies to engage industries with Junior and Senior students using I/UCRC center to improve quality of available jobs

2) Require final reports to identify at least 2 outcomes their job contributed most to (and at which level 1,2 or 3) and explain how the job experience contributed to their attainment of these outcomes.

3) Assess student attainment of claimed outcomes based on the justification contained in their report.

*Degree of contribution: 1-major; 2-some; 3-small

4.B-2 Senior class and PAB surveys

The senior class surveys are completed by students midway through their last quarter and

thus represent student perspective of the effectiveness of the WE BS curriculum in facilitating

their attainment of the student outcomes. For compatibility, the outcomes used in all surveys

(shown below the results charts) were the ones in use during the 2006-2007 survey. As described

above in Section 3.A, the outcomes used for ABET accreditation were changed from the prior

extensive lists of WE-specific outcomes to the “standard” ABET 3.a)-3.k) outcomes,

supplemented by 3 additional WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). The student outcomes

applicable to results shown below were drawn from the prior extensive list of WE-specific

outcomes. They either completely or significantly overlap with the currently used ABET 3.a)-k)

and WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). This correspondence is shown in Section 4.B-2a

inset below. For future surveys, we plan to modify the senior student surveys to exactly

correspond to the outcomes currently in use by the program. For the student outcomes used in

the senior student surveys to date, the correspondence between the two sets of outcomes is

detailed in the Table 4.B-6 below.

Table 4.B-6 Relationship of senior student survey outcomes to currently-used student outcomes. The outcomes currently used in program accreditation (ABET 3.a)-k) + WE L)-n) overlap with the

outcomes used in senior class surveys, with the exception of ABET (h), (i). Attainment of these outcomes is documented by course-based assessments as summarized in Table 4.B-2 immediately above. In summary, the correspondence of current student outcomes to the ones used in survey results presented elsewhere in section 4.B are:

ABET (a) is divided into 4 detailed areas by survey outcomes ABET (b) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes ABET (c) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes. ABET (d) is divided into 2 detailed areas by survey outcomes. ABET (e) is equivalent to a survey outcome ABET (f) is partially covered by a survey outcome ABET (g) is partially covered by a survey outcome ABET (h),(i) are different from survey outcomes ABET (j) is equivalent to a survey outcome ABET (k) is partially covered by a survey outcome WE(L),(m), (n) are all equivalent to a survey outcome

In detail, the correspondence between the survey outcomes and the ABET 3.a)-k) and WE L)-n) outcomes are spelled out in the lists below. The bulleted survey outcomes are listed below the

29

3.a)-k) and WE L)-n) outcomes. (a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering

The basic operating theory of the various material joining processes including arc, resistance, solid state and high energy density

The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for service

Materials principles and how material’s are influenced by joining processes

Operating principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive techniques used to evaluate welds


Discover new patterns of welding phenomena or substantiate hypotheses

Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the laboratory and field (c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs


Perform failure analysis on welding components for feedback to material selection, design and production processes


Interact with engineering personnel, management, customers and the like to exchange ideas and to offer information or receive technical advice on welding

Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and management


Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding fabrication and production in a safe manner




Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and management

(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context

(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (j) a knowledge of contemporary issues

Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and improve production processes


Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and improve production processes

In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are: WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques

based on application, fabrication and service conditions


WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and

inspection requirements

Establish welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to specifications,

30

materials, processes, design and testing WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements


The student responses are listed in Tables 4.B-7 and 4.B-8 below. The PAB from the year

2011 was also surveyed for the same outcomes for comparison of student perceptions to industry

personnel who are familiar with student capabilities from capstone project interactions. The

Likert scale used in all of Tables 4.B-6, 4.B-7,4.B-8 and 4.B-9 was: not prepared=1; somewhat

prepared=2; prepared=3; well prepared=4; very well prepared=5.

Overall, survey results shown in Table 4.B-7 below indicate that WE undergraduates felt

prepared or better (i.e. well-prepared or very well-prepared) in all aspects (processes, design,

materials and NDE) of welding engineering. The processes topic (outcome 1.,average 4.45)

received the highest rating and the NDE topic (outcome 4, average 3.9) received the lowest with

materials (outcome 2.) and design (outcome 3.) receiving intermediate ratings. This NDE rating

stands in counter-point to the 2011 PAB ratings (Tables 4.B-8), which gave the highest rating

(4.75/5) to the expertise of the students in the NDE technique-related outcome 4. The PAB rated

the students well-prepared in all other outcomes 1.,2., and 3. In any case, the students have the

smallest number of course hours (4 hrs) in the NDE topic 4. compared to the other areas, while

the subject matter is technically complex (particularly acoustics), so the student rating is perhaps

not surprising.

Table 4.B-7 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from Senior Student

Surveys in 2007, 2009 and 2011.

31

Table 4.B-8 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from a PAB survey in

2011.

1. The basic operating theory of the various material joining processes including arc,

resistance, solid state and high energy density

2. The foundations of welding design: heat flow, stress, structural analysis, and fitness for

service

3. Materials principles and how materials are influenced by joining processes

4. Operating principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive

techniques used to evaluate welds

The senior student ratings of capability in weld engineering-specific student outcomes shown in

Table 4.B-9 indicates that students believe they are capable or better in all of the listed

capabilities. The lowest ranked capability 3 speaks to the ability to carry out basic research

related to welding engineering. The student perception that they are not as well prepared in this

research function as some of the other listed capabilities which are more relevant to welding

engineering applications is likely accurate. The PAB rankings of student capabilities in Table

4.B-10 are in general correspondence with the student ratings.

Table 4.B-9 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from Senior Student

Surveys in 2007, 2009 and 2011.

32

Table 4.B-10 Summary Welding Engineering-Specific Expertise Ratings from a PAB survey in

2011.

1. Establish welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to

specifications, materials, processes, design and testing

2. Select, improve and develop processes, materials and designs that optimize welding

fabrication and production in a safe manner

3. Discover new patterns of welding phenomena or substantiate hypotheses

4. Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems and

improve production processes

5. Perform failure analysis on welding components for feedback to material selection,

design and production processes

6. Interact with engineering personnel, management, customers and the like to exchange

ideas and to offer information or receive technical advice on welding matters

7. Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel and

management

8. Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the

laboratory and field

4.C Capstone Course Assessments

In the WE program, the capstone course sequence is based on industry-suggested topics

and the student activities are all organized around projects that address these topics. Based on a

topic self-selected from a pool of possible choices, the teams write a proposal to the industry

sponsor who suggested that topic, execute the project tasks and create various written and oral

reports on the project status and results. Because of this concentration on execution of projects

on industry-suggested topics that are likely to be similar to welding engineering tasks that BS

graduates might face in their career, there is additional focus on collecting data that quantifies

how well students are able to apply WE skills to successfully complete capstone projects.

For compatibility with past capstone student surveys, the outcomes used in all capstone

student surveys (shown below the results charts) were the same as ones in use during the 2006-

2007 survey. As described above in Section 3.A, the outcomes used for ABET accreditation

were changed from the prior extensive lists of WE-specific outcomes to the “standard” ABET

3.a)-3.k) outcomes, supplemented by 3 additional WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). The

student outcomes with results shown below were drawn from the prior extensive list of WE-

specific outcomes. They either completely or significantly overlap with the currently used ABET

33

3.a)-k) and WE-specific outcomes WE L) – WE n). This correspondence is shown in Table 4.C-1

inset below.

Table 4.C-1 Relationship of capstone student survey outcomes to currently-used student outcomes.

The outcomes currently used in program accreditation (ABET 3.a)-k) + WE L)-n) overlap with

the outcomes used in senior class surveys, with the exception of ABET (h), (i). Attainment of

these outcomes are documented by course-based assessments completed at other points in the

program. In summary, the correspondence of current student outcomes to the ones used in survey

results presented elsewhere in section 4.B are:

ABET (a) is equivalent to 1 survey outcome

ABET (b) is equivalent to 1 survey outcome

ABET (c) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes.

ABET (d) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes.

ABET (e) is divided into detailed areas by 3 survey outcomes

ABET (f) is partially covered by a survey outcome

ABET (g) is divided into detailed areas by 9 survey outcomes

ABET (h),(i), (j) are different from survey outcomes

ABET (k) is divided into detailed areas by 4 survey outcomes

WE (L) is divided into detailed areas by 2 survey outcomes

WE (m), (n) are different from survey outcomes

In detail, the correspondence between the survey outcomes and the ABET 3.a)-k) and WE L)-n)

outcomes are listed below.


• Apply fundamental principles of science to analysis of physical phenomena


• Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the

laboratory and field


• Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem

or to develop new technology for a specific application

• Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within

the time and resource bounds available


• Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases

• Work effectively in a team environment to accomplish the proposed work






• Use available technical information and experience to solve an engineering problem



• Produce effective formal written reports in different formats such as letters, memos,

progress

• Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel,

management

• Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral

34

communications

• Interact with other engineering personnel, management, customers, and others to

exchange ideas, information

• Communicate effectively with project sponsors, mentors, and course coordinator

• Communicate issues and problems associated with the project

• Report on project results in interim and final reports using both written and oral

communication methods

• Organize accurate, cogent, and appealing technical information in written and oral form

• Use a poster format to successfully communicate the motivation, objectives, and results

of a project

(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global

and societal context





• Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems

• Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral

communications

• Manage workloads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines

• Perform a cost analysis for the work proposed based on standard cost guidelines

WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection









requirements

Table 4.C-2 below shows that students rated the capabilities based on their capstone experience

in the range of 4 and above with the 2010-11 ratings being marginally but consistently higher

than the 2008-09 ratings. Note that the Likert scale used in Tables 4.B-8 and 4.B-9 was: not

prepared=1; somewhat prepared=2; prepared=3; well prepared=4; very well prepared=5. Thus

the minimum rating of 4 indicates that students felt very well prepared to perform all of the

indicated functions based on capstone course activities.

35

Table 4.C-2 Summary of Welding Engineering-Specific Capability Ratings from a senior student

surveys in 2009 and 2011.

1. Apply fundamental principles of science to analysis of physical phenomena

2. Apply new developments in the welding field to solve current welding problems

3. Maintain coherent written technical notes on details of engineering work in the laboratory

and field 4. Produce effective formal written reports in different formats such as letters, memos,

progress 5. Organize and present materials to technical peer groups, customers, plant personnel,

management 6. Use various electronic and computer aids to productively prepare written and oral

communications 7. Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases

8. Manage workloads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines

9. Interact with other engineering personnel, management, customers, and others to exchange

ideas, information

Table 4.C-3 also shows that students generally rated their capability to successfully complete

their capstone course project in the range of 4 and above by. Note that the weighting of the rating

scale for these questions was based on agreement with the stated capability: NA: not agree=1;

SA: somewhat agree=2; A: agree=3; VA: very much agree=4; EA: extremely agree=5. Thus a

rating of 4 indicates that students very much agree that they have improved their skill in the

pertinent ability based on capstone course activities.

The lowest-ranked aspects of capstone courses were related to cost-analysis (3.8; item 4 below)

teamwork (3.8; items 6 ) and communications (3.7; item 7). However, even the lowest rankings

indicate that students “agree” to “very much agree” that the capstone course provided the

indicated capability.

36

Table 4.C-3 Summary of Welding Engineering-Specific Capability Ratings from a senior student

surveys in 2009 and 2011.

1. Communicate effectively with project sponsors, mentors, and course coordinator

2. Develop a technical proposal in a team environment to address an engineering problem or

to develop new technology for a specific application 3. Develop a project work scope that is consistent with the needs of the sponsor and within

the time and resource bounds available 4. Perform a cost analysis for the work proposed based on standard cost guidelines

5. Use available technical information and experience to solve an engineering problem

6. Work effectively in a team environment to accomplish the proposed work

7. Communicate issues and problems associated with the project

8. Report on project results in interim and final reports using both written and oral

communication methods 9. Organize accurate, cogent, and appealing technical information in written and oral form

10. Use a poster format to successfully communicate the motivation, objectives, and results of

a project

4.D WE BS curriculum revision

The Welding Engineering undergraduate curriculum was revised in 2007, 2 years after

the most recent ABET review, in order to:

1.) Strengthen the curriculum in some areas that were recommended by the ABET

continuous improvement process;

2.) Capitalize on closer association with the Industrial and Systems Engineering Program

since department consolidations in 1995;

3.) Make use of flexibility provided in the selection of core engineering courses due to

the change to the engineering core requirements in 1999;

4.) Formalize some changes that have been necessitated by curriculum revisions in

supporting programs; and

5.) Address an issue relative to the retirement of one faculty member and the resulting

loss of a faculty slot.

37

6.) Add the one additional hour of GEC credit for each of Social Sciences and Arts &

Humanities, and include GEC Ethics course requirement, as per college GEC

requirement changes.

A comparison of the new and old curriculums is presented below in Tables 4.C-1

Table 4.C-1 Comparison of Current and Proposed New WE Curriculum

Year 1 – New in bold type; parentheses – (old program)

Quarter

Course

(Department, Number, Title)

Course

Credits

Total

Credits

AU

Eng 100 or UVC 100 Survey1 (1)

Math 151 Calculus and Analytical

Geometry

5

Chem 121 General Chemistry 5

Eng 181 Introduction to Engineering I 3

Total Quarter Credits 14(13)

WI


Geometry

5

Chem 125 Chemistry for Engineers 4

Engr 183 Introduction to Engineering II 3

Physics 131 Introductory Physics 5


SP


Geometry

5

Physics 132 Introductory Physics 5

English 100.xx 1st Yr. English Comp.

5

En Graph 167 Engineering Problem Solving 4


Total First Year Credits 50(49) *Note: Clerical change of number for Eng 182 to Eng 183.

Year 2– New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program.

Quarter Course


Course

Credits

Total

Credits

AU

Math 254.0x Calculus and Analytical

Geometry

5

Phys 133 Particles and Motion 5

MSE 205 Intro to Mater Sci Engineering 3

GEC 5


WI

WE 300 Survey of Welding 3

WE 350 Intro to Welding Lab I 1

Math 255.0x Diff. Eq. 5

MSE 410 Statics 4

GEC 5

38


SP

ME 420 Strength of Materials 4

ISE 350 Manufacturing Engineering 3

WE 351 Intro to Welding Lab II 1

ECE 309 Electrical Circuits Lab 1

ECE 300 Electrical Circuits 3

(WE 400 Chemistry of Welding) (3)


Total Second Year Credits 48(42)

Year 3 – New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program.

Quarter Course


Course

Credits

Total

Credits

AU

WE 500 Physical Principles in Welding

Eng.

3

WE 550 Physical Principles in Weld. Eng.

Lab

1

MSE 401 Materials Thermodynamics 4

WE 620 Eng. Analysis for Design and

Simulation

4(5)


WI

(MSE 542.01 Materials Structure II) (3)

(MSE 542.02 Materials Structure

Laboratory)

(2)

MSE 525 Phase Diagrams 3

MSE 581.04 MSE Laboratory for WE’s 2

WE 600 Physical Principles in Weld. Eng. II 3

WE 621 Welding Engineering Design 4


SP

WE 610 Introduction to Welding Metallurgy 3

WE 601 Welding Applications 3

WE 651 Welding Applications Laboratory 1

MSE 543 Structural Transformations 3

WE 631 Nondestructive Evaluation 4

Welding Engineering 641 3


Total Third Year Credits 51(52)

Year 4 – New in bold type; parentheses – removed from old program

Quarter Course


Course

Credits

Total

Credits

AU

WE 611 Welding Metallurgy I 3

WE 661 Welding Metallurgy Laboratory 1

WE 489 Industrial Experience 1

WE 690 Capstone Welding Design I 1

ISE 410 Industrial Quality Control 4

GEC or Technical Elective 5

39

(WE 640 Welding Production) (3)


WI

WE 612 Welding Metallurgy II 3

WE 662 Welding Metallurgy Lab 1

WE 691 Capstone Welding Design II 2

ISE 504 Engineering Economics Analysis 3

GEC or Technical Elective 5


SP

WE 692 Capstone Welding Design III 1

GEC or Technical Elective 5(4)

GEC or Technical Elective 5(4)


Total Fourth Year Credits 40(52)

Total Credits in Program 197 197(195)

There was no change to the total hours of the Welding Engineering Program other than

the addition of two credit hours of GEC to raise the total program hours from 195 to 197. Two

required Welding Engineering courses were eliminated – WE 400(3) Chemistry of Welding in

the sophomore year and WE 640(3) Welding Production in the senior year. A situation with

teaching the WE 400 course has arisen due to a faculty retirement. Recommendations from

critical review from the faculty, program assessment board and students have revealed that this

course is outdated, has not been of great value, and it was no longer actively taught after the

retirement of Professor Howden. It was determined that the WE 640 course could be replaced by

content contributed by ISE courses that were adopted into the curriculum. In particular, ISE

350(3) Manufacturing Engineering, ISE 504(3) Engineering Economics Analysis and ISE 410(4)

Industrial Quality Control were integrated into the WE program. The ISE courses strengthened

the program in the overall manufacturing and business area as has been recommended by the

ABET assessment processes. Credit hour wise, the ISE 350(3) and 504(3) credit hours replaced

the WE 400(3) and 640(3) credit hours. The ISE 406(4) was adopted as a Selected Engineering

Core – Math and Statistics elective for Welding Engineering.

Within the WE curriculum, the heavily subscribed WE 641(3) Welding Codes,

Specifications and Standards was changed from a WE technical elective status to a required

status. This was also the result of constituency recommendation via the Program Assessment

Board within the ABET improvement process. These hours were accommodated by change of

the technical elective total elective credit hours from 21 to 15.

Two additional WE curriculum changes were required due to changes in supporting

programs. In the case of the Introduction to Engineering courses, the Engineering 182

requirement was changed to the new Engineering 183 number for consistency. Also, MSE

revised their curriculum the time of this WE revision. In consultation with MSE, WE adopted

the new MSE 525(3), 581.04(2) and 543(3) as required courses in place of the previous MSE

541(3), 542(3) and 542.02(2) courses.

4.E Program Educational Objectives Revision

The 2005 ABET review of the program was completed with student outcomes in use up

to that time. The assessment of student attainment of the outcomes and ABET reporting was

hindered by the fact that the outcomes were not the same of the ABET Criterion 3 a)-k)

outcomes, necessitating a cumbersome numerical mapping between the program outcomes and

40

the ABET outcomes. Comparison of the prior welding engineering learning outcomes to the

ABET (a-k) outcomes showed that the ABET outcomes were the same as the welding program

student outcomes. The ABET outcomes were more general in nature while the welding outcomes

were quite similar but written to be more specific to welding engineering. Given this fact, a

decision was made to transition the WE program assessment to the ABET Criterion 3 outcomes,

supplemented with three additional outcomes which specifically speak to welding engineering

expertise. This transition was done after the 2006-2007 academic year. The current set of (a-n)

outcomes thus covers the same learning aspects while being far fewer in number (14 outcomes

vs. 21 prior outcomes) and more consistent with the ABET evaluation process. To summarize

this revision, Table 4.C-2 compares the prior learning outcomes to the ABET a)-k),

supplemented with 3 additional WE l)-m) outcomes. Inspection of Table 4.C-2 shows that the

revised outcomes, though fewer in number, are more general and thus cover the same topics as

the prior outcomes.

Table 4.E-1 Prior WE program outcomes compared to revised ABET a)-k) + WE l)-m) outcomes

Objective 1 - Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

Prior Outcomes. New graduates can:

A) Formulate and solve problems using advanced mathematical analysis.

B) Apply the fundamental principles of science to the understanding of physical phenomena.

C) Appreciate the social and historic context of technology in modern civilization.

D) Recognize ethical issues in private and professional life.

E) Pursue lifelong learning, advanced degree programs and professional licensing.

New Outcomes. New graduates have:


(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility,

(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context,

(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning,

(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues.

Objective 2 - Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process, design, materials and testing aspects of welding.


A) Describe the fundamental operating theory of the various materials joining processes.

B) Apply the fundamentals of heat flow, and structural analysis to weld design problems.

C) Apply fundamental materials science principles to the analysis of welded structures.

D) Describe the fundamental principles and analysis methods for the various destructive and nondestructive techniques used to evaluate welds.




(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions.

41

Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.


A) Develop welding procedures to guide production and welding personnel relative to specifications, materials, processes, design, testing and code compliance.

B) Select processes, materials and designs based on fabrication and service conditions.

C) Evaluate new developments in the welding field to solve welding problems and improve production processes.

D) Assist in failure analyses of welded components for feedback to material selection, design and production engineering.

E) Recognize a safe and productive work environment for welding operations.


(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data,

(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs,


(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions,

(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements,

(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement.

Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and informal forms with a variety of audiences.


A) Maintain coherent written technical notes on engineering work.

B) Produce effective written and oral technical reports.

C) Use various electronic and computer aids in written and oral communications.

D) Communicate formally and informally with engineering personnel, technicians, production personnel, management, customers, and the like to exchange ideas and information or to offer or receive technical advice.


(g) an ability to communicate effectively,


Objective 5 Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.


A) Work independently with limited direction and supervision.

B) Engage in teamwork on both formal and informal bases.

C) Manage work loads and plan work activities such as to meet schedules and deadlines.


(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams,



42

3 WE placement data

Placement data for the years since the last ABET program review are displayed in Table

2.B-4. Historically, WE graduates have been awarded salaries that are at or above the college of

engineering average and this trend was generally maintained during the current ABET reporting

cycle, with the exception of AY09-10 and AY10-11. During those years, there was a dramatic

decrease in rate at which students reported salaries and a decline in the reported salaries, which

averaged about $3000 or 5.2% below the college average. The reasons for these declines are not

known and are currently being investigated. Students from the latest two time periods were

recently contacted in May 2011 and requested to report their starting salaries, although no

additional data has been reported. Currently, strategies for obtaining increased reporting rate of

salaries by students are being considered

Table 4.B-5 WE and College of Engineering average starting salaries by year Academic

Year

Number

graduates

reporting

Average WE

Starting Salary

College Average

Starting Salary

Su10-Sp11 8 $52,210 $58,263

Su09-Sp10 7 $55,486 $56,880

Su08-Sp09 25 $59,857 $56,375

Su07-Sp08 49 $57,583 $55,545

Su06-Sp07 24 $53,566 $53,535

Su05-Sp06 36 $52,386 $51,051

43

CRITERION 5. CURRICULUM

5.A Program Curriculum

Table 5-1 describes the plan of study for students in the WE program including a

recommended schedule by year and term along with average section enrollments for all courses

in the program. Note that this table applies to the current quarter-based curriculum for the two

years preceding the current visit. Beginning in autumn 2012, The Ohio State University will

transition to a semester-based academic calendar. The semester-based WE curriculum is

described in Appendix E to this report, which contains semester versions of Table 5.A-1, 5.A-3

and Table 5.1.

5.A.2 Relation of Curriculum to Program Educational Objectives

The WE curriculum aligns with the program educational objectives listed in section 2.B and

supports attainment of the student outcomes. The relationship of the curriculum to each objective

is summarized below.

Objective 1 – Welding engineers will be able to utilize the fundamental principles of engineering

science and mathematics, and are aware of the underlying historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering.

The fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics are addressed most

heavily in the freshman year of the curriculum. Five courses in mathematics, 3 in physics, 2 in

chemistry, 2 in engineering mechanics, 2 in electrical engineering and 1 in materials science are

all contribute heavily to fundamental principles of engineering science and mathematics. These

fundamentals serve as the foundation on which the subsequent lecture and laboratory courses

build to create increased depth of understanding that is required to utilize these fundamental

principles. Awareness of historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering is

promoted by completion of the 35-credit general education curriculum, including courses in

historical studies, arts and humanities, social science, ethics and social diversity. The rich

cultural and artistic environment at a comprehensive university such as OSU also contributes to

awareness and appreciation of historic, social, ethical and aesthetic aspects of engineering. Objective 2 – Welding engineers will have knowledge of the fundamental theory of the process,

design, materials and testing aspects of welding.

Most of the required welding engineering lecture courses contribute extensively to

providing the knowledge specified in Objective 2. The 4 areas: processes, design, materials and

testing have long been considered to form the basis of welding engineering. The WE-specific

curriculum begins WE300 which surveys and introduces these four topics. The other required

courses contribute further depth into these areas, either individually or in combinations.

Objective 3 – Welding engineers will be able to apply their fundamental welding engineering

knowledge in an integrated fashion to solve diverse practical problems in the welding and joining field.

The 3-course senior capstone design sequence required in the curriculum contributes

heavily to practice in application of fundamental knowledge to solve industry problems. The

44

philosophy of the WE capstone is to undertake projects which address problems contributed by

industrial sponsors. The student teams formulate proposals, undertake work to generate

necessary data or information and create reports and presentations as part of these projects. The

summer internship required by the program is also directed at providing students with real-world

experience in a welding or materials joining functions.

Objective 4 – Welding engineers will be able to communicate effectively in written, oral and

informal forms with a variety of audiences.

The WE curriculum requires learning of effective communications skills at a number of

points. This begins with 10 hrs of required courses work in the GEC, continues with technical

report writing in MSE581.04 (a course which was created to replace and improve on an earlier

English department course in technical writing). Communication instruction culminates in the

final quarter of the capstone sequence, which requires a written proposal and progress and final

reports, oral progress and final presentations and a poster presentation. The policy of the program

is to enter all final project reports in the James F Lincoln Foundation Welding Awards Contest

and all final project posters to the Poster Competition held at the American Welding Society

convention. The reports and posters have historically been quite successful in these competitions

since the inception of this requirement in the previous ABET review cycle.

Objective 5 – Welding engineers will be able to work effectively in independent and collaborative

aspects of their professional activity in an organized and productive fashion.

Most of the university curriculum emphasizes independent work by its nature.

Collaborative work is required in most of the laboratory courses in the curriculum, in part

because of the necessity of sharing experimental equipment. Because of this limitation,

completion of laboratory exercises is customarily done by teams of 2 or three students. This is

the case in WE550, WE651, WE661, WE662 and the lab portion of WE631. The lab work in

WE350 and WE351 is done individually since the objective of these courses is development of

individual welding skills. Also, all capstone projects are completed by 3 student teams.

5.A.3 Relation of Curriculum to Student Outcomes

The ways in which the curriculum and its associated prerequisite structure support the

attainment of each of the student outcomes listed in Section 3.A are detailed below. Table 4.B-2

(repeated as Table 5.A-1 below) lists the contribution of the required WE curriculum courses to

the ABET and WE program student outcomes. It is evident from the data that all of the

outcomes have four or more courses that contribute to their attainment with outcome j

(knowledge of contemporary issues) having the fewest and outcome a (ability to apply

knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering) having the most.

45

Table 5.A-1 Degree of contribution of required courses to student outcomes 1= major, 2 = some,

3 = small

.


This student outcome is highly related to the first half of Program Educational Objective 1.

Much of the freshman curriculum (including 5 courses in mathematics, 3 in physics, 2 in

chemistry, 1 in thermodynamics, 2 in engineering mechanics, 2 in electrical engineering and

1 in materials science) are all contribute heavily to understanding of fundamental principles

of engineering science and mathematics. The welding engineering curriculum deals with

application of this fundamental knowledge to understanding of the processes, materials,

design and testing aspects of welding. The capstone sequence and the summer internship

requirements are directed specifically at application of this knowledge.


Much of the engineering curriculum is aimed at providing the understanding of various

physical phenomena and systems required by this outcome. Lab classes are based on

conducting and reporting experiments. The capstone projects are predominantly experimental

and are judged to provide major support to this outcome. Also, the statistical design of

experiments, analysis of data and evaluation of processes is specifically addressed in ISE410

Industrial Quality Control.


The welding process classes (WE500, WE550, WE600, WE601, WE651) support welding

process and system design. The welding metallurgy course and lab (WE611/661) makes

major contributions to welding component and process design. The welding design courses

(WE620, WE621) contribute strongly to component and process design. The industry

problems addressed by capstone projects in WE690-1-2 address welding problems that fall

46

into these categories, considering welding metallurgy issues to divide into component and/or

process design.


Major contributions to teamwork are made by laboratory classes ISE350 and the internship

class which requires a position in a welding-related organization. The laboratory classes all

involve some degree of teamwork since exercises are generally completed the by student lab

teams on shared equipment.


Much of the engineering curriculum is aimed at providing the understanding of various

physical phenomena and systems required by this outcome. The engineering capstone design

courses WE690-1-2 provide experience directly targeted to this outcome.


A major contribution to this outcome is made by the GEC requirement for 5 credit hours in

the ethics category. This requirement is not summarized in the above table since there are a

number of GEC courses which can be used to satisfy the requirement. Discussions in 6

welding engineering engineering classes are judged to make some or minor contributions to

this outcome.


The laboratory class MSE581.04 concentrates intensively on report writing. Written reports

are also required by WE489, WE601,WE651, WE661, and all 3 capstone sequence courses.


and societal context

The GEC courses provide the breadth of education required by this student outcome but are

not included in the summary shown in Table 5.A-1. Several MSE and WE courses are judged

to provide contributions to this outcome.


The GEC courses are judged to provide insight into subjects that will awaken in students the

need for lifelong learning and provide them with an introduction that is necessary for further

exploration. In the MSE and WE curriculum, contributions are judged to be made in courses

where an introduction is made in a technical area where there is particularly extensive depth

for further exploration.


Knowledge of contemporary issues is judged to be provided by GEC courses. Several WE

courses are considered to provide instruction in content that pertains to issues related to

welding engineering. The capstone sequence is judged to be particularly relevant since the

project problems are submitted by industry sponsors as relevant to their current concerns.



Many courses in the required curriculum have content related to use of modern engineering

techniques, skill or tools.

47

WELDENG (l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection


This outcome is written to summarize the OSU WE program’s perspective on the field of

welding engineering. As such, all of the WE courses make at least some contribution to it.



Procedure development has been suggested by many alumni and PAB members as an area in

which OSU welding engineers need expertise. Many courses provide the necessary

knowledge for this function. The course WE641 specifically addresses WE procedures and

their qualification in the context of several important welding codes and standards.


requirements

The design of welded structures and components to serve in a given application is addressed

by content in many of WE courses. WE621 addresses the expected mechanical design

aspects whereas WE641 discusses welding requirements in a number of codes and standards.

The capstone project problems submitted by corporate sponsors involve design from a

mechanical, materials or process standpoint.

5.A.4 Prerequisite structure of required WE courses

An advising sheet showing the sequence of required courses in the WE curriculum is

shown below in Table 5.A-2

5.A.5 Satisfaction of specific requirements for curricular areas.

The number of credit hours in the program relevant to the various curricular areas are

summarized in Table 5.1 The credit hours of mathematics and basic sciences courses

substantially exceed the minimum (49 credits vs. 32 credits minimum) and slightly exceed the

percentage of total hours in the curriculum (25.5% vs. 25% minimum). The number of

engineering credit hours and the percentage of the total curriculum far exceed the minimum (109

credits vs. 48 credits minimum and 56.8% vs. 37.5% minimum).

5.A.6 Design Experience

The principal design experience provided by the WE curriculum is the three-course

capstone design sequence - WE690, WE691, WE692 - which is scheduled throughout the senior

year. This course is project-based with the proposal, execution and reporting phases being

nominally divided up into the three quarters. Candidate projects are solicited from a pool of

potential sponsors over the spring and summer preceding the capstone year. In the first class of

WE690, students are assigned to 3-member teams and the teams vote on their project selections.

The WE690 instructor then assigns teams to projects based on the results of this vote. A member

of the WE faculty is assigned as advisor to each of the project teams at this time. The teams

develop a written proposal and a make a presentation to the class (with their industrial sponsors

in attendance) at the end of autumn quarter.

48

The winter quarter WE691 class is devoted to execution of the project work.

Experimental work is done with existing equipment, with equipment provided by the industry

sponsor and installed in the EJTC labs or at the sponsor facilities. The latter case requires one or

more trips by the project team to the sponsor location. At the end of winter quarter, the team

writes a progress report and makes a presentation to the class.

The spring quarter WE692 class is devoted to completion of the project execution and

reporting of the project results. The written final report is graded by the faculty member advising

the project team with input from the project sponsor. The team makes a final classroom

presentation with the project sponsors in attendance.

The main advantage of this industry-based capstone course is the relevance of the

projects to actual problems that industry sponsors need solved. The projects and industry

sponsors are refreshed annually to keep the project current with existing industry needs and

interests. The fact that the capstone design project sequence is scheduled during the senior year

allows the project teams to apply welding engineering knowledge from their prior and concurrent

classes to their projects. Since the welding industry depends significantly on codes and

standards, capstone projects often involve exposure to these codes.

A list of capstone design project course project titles and sponsors for the two past years

is displayed in Table 5.A-2.

The WE curriculum and the contribution of the courses to the various curricular areas

(Math & Basic Sciences, General Education, Other) is summarized in Table 5-1.

Table 5.A-2. Capstone design project course project titles and sponsors for the years 2008-2009

and 2010-2011.

Academic Year Project Title Sponsor

2010-2011 Welding Engineering Promotion – Video and Presentation Materials

MSE Department

International Capstone – Sensitization of Stainless Steels

OSU and Univ. of Pretoria

(South Africa)

Effect of Joint Design and Welding Procedure on Submerged Arc Welding Melt-off Rates

Lincoln Electric

GMAW Power Measurements according to ASME Requirements

EuroWeld/EPRI

Evaluation of Dissimilar Metal Electro-spark Deposition Combinations

EWI

Tungsten Electrode Comparison

Babcock & Wilcox

Power Ratio Control on Dilution and Cracking of Ni-base Filler Metals

EPRI

Guidance for Shielding Gas Selection for GMAW of Steels

John Deere

2008-2009 Narrow Groove GTAW Argon Flood Cup Study WEC Welding and Machining

Evaluating Use of Strip Electrodes for Submerged Arc Bulk Welding

Euroweld

Comparison of Constant Current and Constant Voltage Power Supplies for Shielded Flux Cored Arc Welding

Lincoln Electric Co.

49

Weld Repair of Crack in Hastalloy-X Siemens

Effect of Infrared Pre-Heating on Vibration Welding of Thermoplastics

EWI

Evaluation of High Efficiency Advanced Tip Panasonic Factory Solutions

Nickel Alloy Electrodes for Welding 9% Ni. Steels Lincoln Electric Company

Large Diameter Electrode Wire Joining for

Continuous Wire Feeding

Southern Indiana Steel

50

Table 5.A-3 Advising sheet showing prerequisite structure of required WE courses. Welding Engineering

2009-2010

Name: _________________________ _______ ____Student ID: ________________________ Phone: ________ _____

New to OSU: ____________ email: @osu.edu

YEAR AUTUMN WINTER SPRING

1

Math 151.0X (Calc & Anal Geom).. 5____

Chem 121(Gen Chem) ................ 5____

Engr 100.13(Engr Survey) ........... 1____

Engr 181.01 (Intro to Engr I) ........ 3____

Math 152.0X (Calc & Anal Geom) ..5____

Physics 131 (Partcls & Motion) ......5____

Engr 183.0X (Intro to Engr II) ........3____

Chem 125 (Chem for Engr) ...........4____

Math 153.0X (Calc & Anal Geom ….5____

Physics 132 (Electrcty & Magntsm)….5____

En Graph 167(Prob Slv Prog Engr)….4____

English 110.0X (1st Yr English Comp).5____

2

Math 254.0X (Calc & Anal Geom).. 5____

Physics 133 (Elctrdynmc & Quant) . 5____

WE 300 (Survey of WE)................ 3____

WE 350 (Intro Weld Lab)............... 1____

GEC……………………………5____

Math 255.0X (Diff Equat) .............5____

EE 300 (Electrical Circuits) .............3____

EE 309 (Electrical Circuits Lab) ........1____

ME 410 (Statics) .........................4____

WE 351 (Intro Weld Lab II) .............1____

GEC……………………………5____

ME 420 (Intro Strngth Mtls)……….…4____

ISE 350 (Manufacturing Engr)…….…3____

MSE 205 (Intro to MSE)........................3____

GEC…………………………..…5____

GEC…………………………...…5____

3

WE 500 (Physical Prin in WE) ........ 3____

WE 550 (Physical Prin in WE Lab I).. 1____

WE 620 (Engr Anlys Dsgn & Simulat) 4____

MSE 401 (Matls Thrmodynmcs)...... 4____

WE 600 (Physical Prin in WE II) .......3____

WE 621 (WE Design) ...................4____

MSE 525 (Phase Diagrams) ...........3____

MSE 581.04 (MS Lab) ...............2____

WE 601 (Weld Process & Apps). . . . . . 3__

WE 610 (Intro to Weld Metallurgy). . . . .3____

WE 631 (Nondestructive Eval). . . . . . . 4____

WE 641 (Weld. Codes & Stds). . . . . . . 3____

WE 651 (Weld Proc Apps – Lab). . . . . .1____

MSE 543 (Struct Transform). . . . . . . . . 3____

4

WE 489 (Industrial Experience). . . . . . 1____

WE 611 (Weld Metallurgy I) . . . . . . . . . 3_ _

WE 661 (Weld Metallurgy I Lab) . . . . . 1__

WE 690 (Capstone Weld Dsgn I) . . . . . 1____

ISE 410 (Indstrial Quality Control) . . . . 4____

Technical Electives

WE 612 (Weld Metallurgy II) ...........3____

WE 691 (Capstone Weld Dsgn II) .....2____

WE 662 (Anys Non-Ferrous Hi All Weld) .. 1____

ISE 504 (Eng Econ Analy)……...... 3____

GEC………………………….... 5____

Technical Electives

WE 692 (Capstone Weld Dsgn III)….….1____

GEC…………………………......5____

Technical Electives

Courses Printed in BOLD are taught only one time per year. Please check On-line Course Offerings for availability of other courses.

mailto:@osu.edu

51

5.A.7 Curricular Materials Available for Review

During the accreditation visit, curricular portfolio for each required and elective course

will be available for review. The portfolios include an ABET-format syllabus, an outcomes

profile sheet that explains how the course relates to the ABET and program outcomes ascribed to

it, the course notes used in lectures and examples of student homeworks and exams.

5.B Course Syllabi

Appendix A contains a syllabus for each course used to satisfy the mathematics, science, and

discipline-specific requirements required by Criterion 5.

5.C Semester Curriculum

The university has a schedule to convert from a quarter calendar to a semester calendar

beginning in Summer 1012. For most students, this change will have an effect beginning in

Autumn, 2012. The change has its most direct impact in the curriculum of all university

programs. In all cases, the policy of this conversion has been to avoid adding to deleting topics

from classes to the maximum extent possible. As a result, the number of credit hours required to

complete the WE semester curriculum will be 129, in a ratio of 0.672 to the current requirement

of 192 quarter hours. The semester advising sheet are also shown below and the syllabi are

shown in Appendix A.

An important aspect of the quarter-semester conversion is the advising of students on their

course selections through the transition period. The program has devoted considerable attention

to this issue to ensure that quality and continuity of the curriculum is maintained for all students

throughout the transition period. The there will be three cohorts of WE students who begin their

undergraduate studies on quarters and then finish them on semesters. The advising sheets that

show the sequence of courses for each of these student cohorts are shown in Tables 5.C-1-5.C-3.

The final table 5.C-4 displays the semester curriculum advising sheet. These sheets can be

compared with the quarter advising sheet in Table 5.A-3.

As a policy, the conversions have generally been done with a credit hour ratio of 2/3 to

minimize alteration of the degree of emphasis devoted to any particular subject. For the core

curriculum, the 5 quarter, 25-credit math sequence MA151-MA152-MA153-MA254-MA255,

which covered calculus through differential equations is replaced with a 14-hour sequence

MA1151-MA1152-MA2177 which covers the same subjects with a slight decrease of the

MA254 and MA255 topics. The 3-quarter, 15-credit physics sequence PH131-PH132-PH133 is

exactly replaced with the 2 semester, 10-credit sequence PH1131-PH1132.

For the welding engineering curriculum, the 3-quarter, 10-credit process sequence

WE500/550, WE600, WE601 is replaced by the two semester, 8-hour WE4001-WE4002, both

of which include laboratory sections. The 2 quarter, 8-credit design sequence WE620-WE621 is

replaced by the 2 semester, 7-credit sequence WE4201 – WE4202. This expansion is hours is

justified since the design course sequence has been overcrowded with topics since it was

decreased from a 3-quarter sequence some years ago. The welding metallurgy courses were

52

converted from the 3-quarter, 11-credit the WE610-WE611/611-WE612/662 sequence is

converted to a 2-semester, 8-credit sequence WE4101/4611-WE4012/4612.

Table 5.C-1 Advising sheet for students entering Au09

53


54


55

Table 5.C-4 Semester advising sheet for students entering Au12 and later

56

Table 5-1 Curriculum

Welding Engineering

Course


List all courses in the program by term starting with first term of first year

and ending with the last term of the final year.

Indicate Whether

Course is Required,

Elective or a

Selected Elective by

an R, an E or an SE.2

Curricular Area (Credit Hours)

Last Two

Terms the

Course was

Offered:

Year and,

Semester, or

Quarter

Average

Section

Enrollment

for the Last

Two Terms the

Course was

Offered1

Math &

Basic

Sciences

Engineering

Topics

Check if

Contains

Significant

Design (√)

General

Education Other

1; Autumn Math 151.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5

Chem 121 General Chemistry R 5

Engr 100.13 Engineering Survey R 1

Engr 181.0x Intro to Engineering I R 3 ( )

1; Winter Math 152.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5

Physics 131 Int Phys: Part and Mot R 5

Chem 125 Chem for Engineers R 4

Engr 183 Intro to Engineering II R 3 ( )

1; Spring Math 153.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5

Physics 132 Int Phys: Elec and Mag R 5

EG 167 Prob Solv thru Prog R 4 ( )

Engl 110 First Year Engl Comp R 5

2; Autumn Math 254.0x Calc and Anal Geom R 5

Physics 133 Int Phys: Therm Phys, Waves and

Quan Phys

R 5

WE 300 Introduction to Weld. Eng. R 3 AU 11,WI 11 19

WE 350 Introductory Weld Lab I R 1 AU 11,WI 11 15

GEC SE 5

57

2; Winter Math 255.0x Ord Diff Eqns R 5

EE 300 Electrical Circuits R 3

EE 309 Elec Circuits Lab 1 ( )

ME 410 Intro to Solid Mech R 4

WE 351 Intro to Weld Lab I R 1 AU 11, WI11 8

GEC SE 5

2; Spring ME 420 Strength of Materials R 4

ISE 350 Manufacturing Processes Eng. R 3

MSE 205 Intro to MSE R 3

GEC SE 5

GEC SE 5

3; Autumn WE 500 Principles of Arc Welding Systems R 3 AU09, AU10 28

WE 550 Principles of Arc Welding Systems -

Lab

R 1 AU09, AU10 28

MSE 401 Materials Thermo R 4

WE 620 Engineering Analysis for Design and

Simulation

R 4 ()

3; Winter MSE 525 Phase Diagrams R 3

MSE 581.04 Materials Lab R

2 ()

WE 600 Physics of Welding R 3 WI10,WI11 29

WE 621 Welding Engineering Design R 4 ()

3; Spring WE 610 Introduction to Welding Metallurgy R 3 SP10, SP11 38

WE 601 Welding Process & Applications R 3() SP 09, SP 10 42

WE 651 Welding Process Applications - Lab R 1

WE 641 Weld. Codes and Standards R 3 ()

WE 631 Nondestructive Evaluation R 4

MSE 543 Mater. Structures Transformations R 3

4; Autumn WE 611 Welding Metallurgy I R 3 AU09, AU10 38

WE 661 Welding Metallurgy I - Lab R 1 AU09, AU10 29

WE 489 Industrial Experience R 1

WE 690 Capstone Welding Design I R 1 () AU09, AU10 29

ISE 410 Industrial Quality Control R 4

58

Technical Electives SE 6

4; Winter WE 612 Welding Metallurgy II R 3 WI10,WI11 38

WE 662 Welding Metallurgy II - Lab R 1 WI10,WI11 30

ISE 504 Engineering Economics R 3

WE 691 Capstone Welding Design II R 2 () WI10,WI11 28

GEC 5


4; Spring WE 692 Capstone Welding Design III R 1 () SP10, SP11 25

GEC 5


TOTALS-ABET BASIC-LEVEL REQUIREMENTS 49 109 35

OVERALL TOTAL CREDIT HOURS FOR THE DEGREE 193 PERCENT OF TOTAL

Total must satisfy

either credit hours

or percentage

Minimum Quarter Credit Hours 32 Hours 48 Hours

Minimum Percentage 25% 37.5 %

1. For courses that include multiple elements (lecture, laboratory, recitation, etc.), indicate the average enrollment in each element.

2. Required courses are required of all students in the program, elective courses are optional for students, and selected electives are courses

where students must take one or more courses from a specified group.

Instructional materials and student work verifying compliance with ABET criteria for the categories indicated above will be required during the

campus visit.

59

Contents of Appendix A. WE Program Course Syllabi Pre-Welding Engineering Common, Selected Core - Quarter Syllabi formats vary by offering

department (credit hours in parentheses) .

Math 151 (5) – Calculus and Analytic Geometry




Chemistry 121 (5) – General Chemistry

Physics 131 (5) – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion

Physics 132 (5) – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism

Engineering 181 (3) – Fundamentals of Engineering I

Engineering 183 (3) – Fundamentals of Engineering II

Math 255 (4) – Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations

Physics 133 (5) – Introductory Physics: Thermal Physics, Waves and Quantum Physics

Chemistry 125 (4) – Chemistry for Engineers

Engineering Graphics 167 (4) – Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering

Calculations and Computer Graphics

EE 300 (3) – Electrical Circuits

EE 309 (1) – Electrical Circuits Laboratory

ME 410 (4) – Statics

ME 420 (4) – Introduction to Strength of Materials

MSE 205 (3) – Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering

MSE 401 (4) – Materials Thermodynamics

ISE 350 (3) – Manufacturing Engineering

ISE 504 (3) – Engineering Economic Analysis

Required WE Core – Quarter Syllabi

WE 300 (3) – Introduction to Welding Engineering

WE 350 (1) – Introductory Welding Laboratory I

WE 351 (1) – Introductory Welding Laboratory II

WE 489 (1) – Industrial Experience

WE 500/550 (4) –Principles in Welding Engineering I/Laboratory

WE 600 (3) – Physical Principles in Welding Engineering II

WE 601 (4) – Welding Applications/Laboratory

MSE 525 (3) – Phase Diagrams

MSE 543 (3) – Materials Structures

MSE 581.04 (2) – Materials Lab for Welding Engineers

WE 610 (3) – Introduction to Welding Metallurgy

WE 611/661 (4) – Welding Metallurgy I/Laboratory

WE 612/662 (4) – Welding Metallurgy II/Laboratory

WE 620 (4) – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation

WE 621 (4) – Welding Design Principles

WE 631 (4) – Nondestructive Evaluation

WE 690 (1)/691 (2)/692 (2) – Capstone Welding Design I/II/III

60

WE Technical Electives – Quarter Syllabi

WE 602 (3) – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding Processes

WE 605/655 (4) – Introduction to Weld Process Control

WE 634 (4) – Introduction to Ultrasonics

WE 635 (4) – Fundamentals of Radiography

WE 656 (1) – Robot Programming and Operations

WE 701 (3) – Solid State Welding

WE 702 (3) – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding of Materials

WE 703 (3) – Brazing and Soldering

WE 704 (3) – High Energy Density Welding Processes

WE 705/755 (4) – Advanced Welding Process Control Systems/Laboratory

WE 706 (3) – Welding of Plastics and Composites

WE 707 (3) – Adhesive Bonding and Mechanical Joining of Plastics

WE 715 (3) – Special Topics in Welding Engineering

WE 740 (3) – Fitness-for-Service of Welded Structures

Pre-Welding Engineering Common, Selected Core – Semester Syllabi



Chemistry 1250 (4) – General Chemistry

Physics 1131 (5) – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion

Engineering 1181 (2) – Fundamentals of Engineering I

Engineering 1182 (2) – Fundamentals of Engineering II


Physics 1132 (5) – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism

Chemistry 1250 (4) – Chemistry for Engineers

Computer Science and Eng. (2) – Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering

ECE 2300 (3) – Electrical Circuits

ME 2040 (4) – Statics, Stengths of Materials

MSE 2010 (3) – Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering

MSE 2251 (3) – Materials Thermodynamics

ISE 4200 (3) – Manufacturing Engineering

Stat 3450 - Statistical Methods for Engineers

Required WE – Semester Syllabi

WE3001 (3) – Survey of WE

WE3010 (1) – Intro to arc welding lab.

WE3981(1) – Industrial Experience in WE

WE4001 (4) – Physical Principles of WE I

WE4002 (4) – Physical Principles of WE II

WE4101 (3) – Welding Metallurgy I

WE4102 (3) - Welding Metallurgy II

WE4201 (4) – Welding Engineering Analysis, Design

WE4202 (4) - Welding Design

WE4301 (3) – Nondestructive Evaluation

61

WE4611 (1) - Welding Metallurgy I Lab

WE4612 (1) - Welding Metallurgy II Lab

WE4901-02-03 (2)+(3)– Welding Engineering Capstone Design I,II, III.

Required Non-WE (6 Credits) – Semester Syllabi

MSE 3141 (3) – Structural Transformations of Metals

MSE 3331 (1) – Materials Laboratory I

ISE3040 (2) – Engineering Economics

WE Technical Electives (9 Credits) – Semester Syllabi

WE4012 (2) - Resistance Welding Processes

WE4021 (3) - Solid-State Welding - Joining

WE4023 (2) - Soldering and Brazing

WE4024 (3) - High Energy Density Welding

WE4025 (3) - Robotic Welding Systems

WE4302 (3) - Industrial Radiography

WE4303 (3) - Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing

WE4540 (2) - Welding Production

WE4595 (2) - Topics in Welding Engineering

WE4606 (1) - Welding Robot Programming Lab

62

CRITERION 6. FACULTY

6A. Faculty Qualifications

Welding Engineering is comprised of diverse technical areas of materials (principally

metals and polymers), processes technology, mechanical design, nondestructive evaluation and

quality assurance. The seven current program faculty members have similarly diverse

educational backgrounds and experience as summarized in Table 6-1 and Appendix B. Broadly

speaking, 3 of the faculty have specialization in welding metallurgy, 1 in polymer materials

welding, 2 in welding processes and 1 in nondestructive evaluation. Five faculty members are

tenured associate or full professors, 1 is a clinical associate professor and 1 is a research scientist.

Most of the faculty members have industrial work experience prior to coming to the program and

all have some amount of industrial consulting experience. All 7 faculty members have a PhD in a

field related to their program specialization. Five faculty members hold one or more Fellow

awards from technical societies that they are active in. The WE faculty have active industrial

interactions. These may involve graduate thesis sponsorship and interactions through the Center

for Integrated Materials Joining Science for Energy Applications but also often are related to

undergraduate summer internships and senior capstone design project support.

6B. Faculty workload

The welding engineering faculty members are all active in teaching, research and service.

The data in Table 6-2 summarize the courses taught by faculty in the previous 2 years. The

teaching load carried by the faculty is significant relative to college averages. The 5 tenured and

1 clinical faculty members teach a total of 11 required undergraduate lecture courses and 12

elective courses per year that are generally at the undergraduate/graduate level, for an average of

over 3.5 lecture courses per year per faculty. The other courses listed in Table 6-2 are laboratory

courses, non-lecture courses and distance learning sections of on-campus lectures. The

associated teaching effort varies widely among these courses. For example, the enrollment in

distance learning sections ranges from approximately 1 to 10 students per offering. In total, these

6 faculty members have grade responsibility for an average of just over 8 courses per year at the

level of undergraduate or undergraduate/graduate.

The expectations for faculty workload are for a balanced effort in teaching and research and

a service workload commensurate with program needs. Because of the relatively small faculty

size and the specialization of the WE faculty into their respective areas, the concept of providing

reduced teaching responsibility in turn for research release-time salary contributions is not

feasible. Consequently, course assignments do not depend on research activity or release-time

salary contributions.

6C. Faculty Size

The program has 5 tenured faculty member, 1 clinical faculty member and 1 research faculty

member. By virtue of their research or industrial experience, the faculty members have

qualifications in multiple areas and are able to teach all of the course topics that the curriculum

63

requires. The faculty members listed below in regular font are primary instructors in the labeled

subject area and those listed in italics contribute to instruction in the subject areas by a portion of

content in courses that they teach.

Welding Processes Welding Design

Farson, Phillips, Benatar, Alexandrov Benatar

Metallurgy/Polymers Nondestructive Evaluation, Q/A

Lippold, Benatar, Babu, Phillips, Alexandrov Rokhlin, Benatar, Phillip, Farson

The number of Welding Engineering faculty is adequate for faculty to maintain close

contact with the undergraduate students. While the MSE department has a full-time

undergraduate student advisor with regular weekly office hours at EJTC, various members of the

faculty are active in student advising. In particular, Prof. Babu advises the local student

American Welding Society chapter and various undergraduate student activities. In past three

years, such student activities have included a student NASA Moonbuggy race team and (in the 5

years prior to that), a NASA zero gravity flight experiment team. Other faculty (Farson, Lippold)

have assisted students in fund-raising and fabrication of the moon buggy and the microgravity

experiment.

The currently-ongoing search for an assistant professor in the welding engineering area is

soliciting candidates in one or more of the following areas: computational materials modeling,

process modeling, structural design, structural integrity, fitness-for service, welding process

technology, and welding metallurgy. The addition of this faculty member will bring the program

clinical and tenured faculty number to 7.

6D. Professional Development

Support for faculty development for assistant professors is built into the startup package.

New faculty members are given reduced teaching loads with the expectation that they will use

the time to establish their research programs. In addition, the department provides travel

funds for professional activities (professional society activities, conferences, visiting

potential research sponsors including industry, workshops, etc.). These activities are

funded primarily from gifts to the department as discussed in section 8.B.1.

Opportunities and funding for professional development in instructional technology are

provided by the MSE department, the college through the Engineering Education Innovation

Center and by the University, primarily through the Office of Information Technology. Examples

of professional development activities sponsored by these organizations include on-line course

website tool (Carmen) instruction, student information database systems training, audio/visual

instructional tools and curriculum modification to facilitate integration of instructional

technology. Attendance at professional meetings and conferences sponsored by various technical

societies and organizations is individually funded by senior faculty members from their research

projects of department discretionary accounts.

Eligible senior faculty members are encouraged to take advantage of the university’s

professional leave program described in section 8.D. All faculty members are also encouraged to

participate in university sponsored teaching seminars and workshops. All are encouraged to

64

utilize the Office of Faculty and TA Development to improve classroom skill and the ability to

effectively interact with students. These resources are available without charge. Consulting and

other outside interactions with industrial entities is encouraged within the university guidelines.

6E. Authority and Responsibility of Faculty

guidance of the program, and in the development and implementation of. Describe the roles

of others on campus, e.g., dean or provost, with respect to these areas.

The processes for the evaluation, assessment, and continuing improvement of the welding

engineering program, including its educational objectives and student outcomes are controlled

primarily by the program faculty members. A good illustration of the autonomy accorded the

faculty in this regard is the distance education master of science degree. This degree was based

on on-line curriculum materials developed by defense-related US government-funding won by

faculty-lead proposal. Further curriculum development and computer technology implementation

was subsequently supported by the college of engineering and by proposals to the university

Office of Information Technology Describe the roles of others on campus, e.g., dean or provost,

with respect to these areas. undergraduate curriculum of the welding engineering program

65

Table 6-1. Faculty Qualifications

Name of Program

Faculty Name

Highest Degree

Earned- Field and

Year

Ran

k 1

Type

of

Aca

dem

ic

Appoin

tmen

t2

T, T

T, N

TT

FT

or

PT

4

Years of

Experience

Pro

fess

ional

Reg

istr

atio

n/

Cer

tifi

cati

on

Level of Activity

H, M, or L

Govt.

/Ind. P

ract

ice

Tea

chin

g

This

Inst

ituti

on

Pro

fess

ional

Org

aniz

atio

ns

Pro

fess

ional

Dev

elopm

ent

Consu

ltin

g/s

um

mer

work

in i

ndust

ry

Boian T. Alexandrov PhD, Welding

Engineering, 2001

O NTT FT 3 26 7 none M L L

Sudarsanam Suresh Babu PhD, Materials

Science, 1992

ASC T FT 15 3 3 none M M M

Avi Benatar PhD, Mechanical

Engineering, 1987

ASC T FT 0 24 24 none M L M

Dave F. Farson PhD, Electrical

Engineering, 1987

ASC T FT 8 16 16 none M M L

John C. Lippold PhD, Materials

Engineering, 1978

P T FT 17 16 16 none H L M

David H. Phillips PhD, Welding

Engineering, 2008

ASC NTT FT 22 3 3 Cert.

Weld.

Inspect.,

Prof.

Engr.,

Internati

onal

Weld.

Engr.

M M H

Stan I. Rokhlin PhD, Electrical

Engineering, 1972

P T FT 5 35 27 none H L L

66

Instructions: Complete table for each member of the faculty in the program. Add additional rows or use additional sheets if

necessary. Updated information is to be provided at the time of the visit.

1. Code: P = Professor ASC = Associate Professor AST = Assistant Professor I = Instructor A = Adjunct O = Other

2. Code: TT = Tenure Track T = Tenured NTT = Non Tenure Track

3. The level of activity, high, medium or low, should reflect an average over the year prior to the visit plus the two previous years.

4. At the institution

Table 6-2. Faculty Workload Summary

Faculty Member

(name)

PT or

FT1

Classes Taught (Course No./Credit

Hrs.)

Term and Year2

Program Activity Distribution3

% of Time

Devoted

to the Program5

Teaching

Research or

Scholarship

Other4

Boian Alexandrov FT WE703/03AU10 15 85 100

Suresh Babu FT WE489/01/AU10,WI11

WE611/3/AU10

WE661/01/AU10

WE694/04/AU10 (Joint MSE 794)

WE701/03/SP11

WE794/03/WI11

WE999/01-18/AU0, WI11,SP11

40 50 10 90

Avi Benatar FT WE620/04/AU10

WE620DL/04/AU10

WE621/03/WI11

WE621DL/04/WI11

WE641/03/SP11

WE706/03/WI11

WE706DL/03/WI11

WE707/03/SP11

WE707DL/03/SP11

WE740/03/AU10

WE740DL/03/AU10

WE793/01-15/AU10,WI11,SP11

60 25 15 100

67

WE793DL/01-15/AU10, WI11, SP11

WE999/01-18/AU10,WI11,SP11

Dave Farson FT WE500/03/AU10

WE550/01/AU10

WE600/03/WI11

WE600DL/03/WI11

WE605/03/WI11

WE605DL/03/WI11

WE655/01/WI11

WE704/03/SP11

WE793/01/AU10,WI11,SP11

WE999/01-15/ WI10,SP11

ISE999/01-15/AU10, WI10,SP11

50 40 10 100

John Lippold FT WE610/03/SP11

WE612/03/WI11

WE662/01/WI11

WE690/01/AU10

WE691/02/AU10,WI11

WE692/02/WI11

50 50 100

David Phillips FT WE300/03/AU10,WI11

WE350/01/AU 10, WI11, SP11

WE351/01/AU10,WI11, SP 11

WE601/03/SP11

WE651/01/SP11

WE695/03/SP11

WE702/03/AU10

MSE 581.04/02/WI 11

WE 793/01-15/AU 10, WI 11

90 10 100

Stan Rokhlin FT WE631/04/SP11

WE635/03/AU10

WE681/01/AU10,WI11,SP11

WE732/03/WI11

WE795/10/AU10,WI11,SP11

30 70 100

68

1. FT = Full Time Faculty or PT = Part Time Faculty, at the institution

2. For the academic year for which the self-study is being prepared. Only classes with enrolled students are listed.

3. Program activity distribution should be in percent of effort in the program and should total 100%.

4. Indicate sabbatical leave, etc., under "Other."

5. Out of the total time employed at the institution.

69

CRITERION 7. FACILITIES 7.A. Offices, Classrooms and Laboratories

Program teaching and research laboratories, graduate teaching lecture classrooms and

faculty offices have been located in Edison Joining Technology Center (EJTC). This is a shared

facility with the Edison Welding Institute (EWI), the largest welding and materials joining

engineering consulting company in North America. The EJTC facility is located on the

University’s West Campus (connected to Main campus by bus service at six-minute intervals).

Features of the west campus facilities include:

- modern, attractive accommodations for the program and visitors (conference rooms,

class rooms, and easy access/parking)

- state-of-the-art welding and robotic equipment in teaching laboratories

- undergraduate student study and computer lab space that is closely-integrated with

faculty offices to encourage faculty-student interaction and provide a congenial

atmosphere for student group study and interaction

- shared use of very extensive Edison Welding Institute (EWI) facilities and

equipment located in the same building (a brief description of EWI staff, facilities and

research activities is attached)

The program also has access to some faculty offices and a student computing lab on Main

campus in the Watts Hall (home of the MS&E department). Most of the undergraduate

classroom lecture instruction is provided in Watts Hall.

EJTC was constructed in 1996 at a total cost of $9,000,000. The WE program occupies

32,000 square feet of the building (25% of the total). The WE program invested $600,000 in

office and lab furnishings, equipment and furniture moving, utility connections and other

expenses. The program functions and floor space allocations within the EJTC and Watts Hall

facilities are summarized in Tables 7.A-1 and 7.A-2.

Table 7.A-1: EJTC facility functions and space

Function Number Floor Space

(ft2)

common shop area 1 800

research labs 18 13022

teaching labs 2 5914

computer lab 1 1330

faculty offices (full time,

visiting, emeritus)

11 1907

grad student offices 1 700

staff offices 2 579

conference rooms 2 580

class rooms 2 1344

student lounge areas 1 277

service areas 6 1345

office - other 4 912

70

shared meeting room 1 2150

storage 1 480

Total 30539

Table 7.A-2: Watts Hall program functions and space

Function Number Floor Space

(ft2)

computer labs 1 320

faculty offices (full time

only)

4

(shared)

640

Total 960

7.A.1 Teaching Lab Equipment

A strong point of the EJTC facility is the excellent welding and robotic equipment in its

teaching laboratories, summarized in Appendix C in Table C-1. Good relationships with welding

robot and welding equipment companies have allowed the program to maintain the latest

technology in teaching labs through donations and discount consignments. The large majority of

the welding robotic systems and manual/semi-automatic welding systems mentioned below are

at most several years old. The manual and semiautomatic welding systems which equip the 12

manual welding booths are replaced annually by Lincoln Electric on a donation and reduced-cost

consignment basis. The Motoman Arcworld robotic system was recently consigned (in late 2010)

to EWI in exchange for membership fees with a stipulation that it be located in on OSU side of

the facility for easy student access. Equipment which is shared between research and teaching

functions is described in the next section. We utilize the Board of Regents equipment fund every

biennium and receive a varying equipment allocation based on faculty size and enrollment

($55,000 in the years 2005-2008).

7.A.2 Shared Teaching/Research Equipment

A portion of the equipment that is used for education was purchased with research funds

and is used primarily for research, but is made available on a part-time basis for teaching. The

department is able to offer laboratory experiences in topics which do not warrant investment of

program funds, but which nonetheless significantly benefit the student’s education. Relevant

equipment is summarized in Table C-2

7A.3 Computer labs

The program has well-equipped student computing lab facilities. A state-of-the-art

Windows networked environment with large collections of engineering and general purpose

software provide students the opportunity to become familiar with the latest engineering

computational tools. The hardware (Table C-3) and software (Table C-4) are divided between a

71

main facility at EJTC and a secondary facility in Watts Hall building on Main Campus. Students

have access to the computer facilities on a 24-hour basis seven days a week throughout the

calendar year.

The software packages listed in Table C-4 are available from any of the individual

computer systems. They represent an array of engineering software, including computer-aided

design, finite element analysis, general scientific/mathematical computing, general office

computing and other packages.

7.B Computing Resources

7.B.1 Web Servers

The program has access to three web servers where personal web pages and class web

pages are posted. The web address dedicated to the WE program is http://www.matsceng.ohio-

state.edu/weldingengineering. Faculty are provided with a default faculty web page on the MSE

department server and assistance in creating and loading web page content. The university

course management servers at carmen.osu.edu are used for on-line course management. All

lecture courses offered by the program have on-line component on this server. These resources

are also used extensively by the WE program primarily to support its Distance Learning Master

of Science in Welding Engineering degree offering.

7.B.1 Computer Networking

The EJTC computer labs computers are inter-connected by a Local Area Network (LAN)

infrastructure as shown in Table C-5.

7.C Guidance in use of the tools, equipment, computing resources and laboratories

In laboratory classes taught in the curriculum, this function is provided primarily by

instructor or the teaching assistant. Laboratory classes where this type of guidance is provided

include WE550, WE631, WE635, WE638, WE651, WE655, WE656, WE661, and WE662.

WE350 and WE351 are the two classes where all undergraduate students are taught manual

welding. This instruction if provided by an EWI welding technician, partially paid by the

department for this service. In WE620, some lectures are taught in the computer laboratory so

that students can use the computer software as it is being demonstrated on a computer projector.

In the capstone course sequence WE690-WE691-WE692, guidance in the use of the relevant

equipment is primarily provided by the EJTC Facility Manager Jennifer Conrad, the faculty

member advising the capstone team or a graduate research associate that they may assign to

provide this assistance. Since all classes in the curriculum are taught with materials displayed on

a computer projector, the use of relevant software is readily incorporated into lectures.

7.D. Maintenance and Upgrading of Facilities

The EJTC facility is owned by EWI and the OSU leases the portion used for the WE

program. The building maintenance is provided by EWI. The WE laboratory equipment that is

72

not located in shared-use research laboratories is maintained by the facility manager Jennifer

Conrad. As mentioned above, most of the manual welding booth systems are procured on

reduced rate consignments and are updated periodically as the consignments expire. This

ensures that the booths are equipped with up-to-date systems. The computer laboratory hardware

is replaced annually or semi-annually and the software is maintained at the latest available

version. This periodic updating is enabled by the technology fee which assessed to all students

($150 for undergraduates in 2008) in the college of engineering.

7.E Library Services

OSU’s multidisciplinary Science and Engineering Library (SEL) opened in 1993 houses

the merged collections of the former Engineering, Materials Engineering, Astronomy,

Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics libraries. It is the largest subject-specific library of the

OSU Columbus-campus libraries, which includes 10 other locations. The SEL has five stories

and just under 70,000 square feet, seating for 1169 (including 8 reservable study rooms) and 115

public networked PC’s, and 24x7 access 360 days a year. Staff assistance is provided 8am –

11:30pm. SEL is on W. 18th

Ave., within two blocks of all engineering departments located on

main campus. The science and engineering library’s collection totals over 262,705 volumes (as

of July 2009).

Reference librarians (4.5) in SEL perform collection development; provide instruction at

the desk and the classroom; educate patrons in the use of the electronic OSU catalog,

OhioLINK (the statewide information system), various databases available through the OSU

catalog and OhioLINK; prepare handouts and web links tailored to OSU services and

collections, and give orientation lectures and tours as requested.

Whenever possible, the teaching and development of information skills is integrated into

the general curriculum (ex: design classes; Engineering Survey 100). Research and Internet

Guides (such as Information Gateway, Net.Tutor, and Citation Style Guides ) are available on

the OSUL website (http://library.osu.edu/sites/guides/). The Gateway lists resources by

category, background, directories, current information, etc.) for a wide range of subjects;

Net.Tutor is a tutorial on effective use of the web-based library information services. Librarians

also assist users online thru email, Ask-a-Librarian, and an interactive Chat service.

OSU participates in OhioLINK, a statewide consortia of 80+ academic institutions

ranging from two year colleges to Research I institutions. OhioLINK features a central catalog,

statewide lending and borrowing, statewide distribution of selected databases and electronic

journals, and a statewide contract for purchasing of books. SEL is a popular pick-up and drop-

off location for OhioLINK loans because of hours and location. An analysis of holdings among

OhioLINK institutions shows that each institution has titles unique to the consortium thus each

campus enriches resources for all others.

73

CRITERION 8. INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT

The following sections include descriptions of the processes that apply to the Department of

Materials Science and Engineering, including the Welding Engineering program. The

administration processes and institutional support are essentially the same for the Materials

Science and Engineering program.

8.A. Leadership

Administration of the Welding Engineering degree programs was moved from the

Department of Integrated Systems Engineering (ISE) to the Materials Science and Engineering

(MSE) Department during AY 2009/2010. Shortly before this realignment occurred, the

Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering was renamed to be the Department

of Integrated Systems Engineering. This name was chosen to be consistent with a shift in focus

of that department’s research and instruction away from welding-related activities. At the same

time, the college leadership realized that the instructional and research interests, activities and

leadership of the MSE undergraduate and graduate programs were better aligned with the WE

programs.

The Materials Science and Engineering Department has proven to be a good fit for the

Welding Engineering Program and the program is flourishing in the MSE department. WE

research activities are benefitting from faculty collaboration and the WE program faculty staffing

has been stabilized. When the WE degree programs were moved to the MSE department, an

agreement was made with the college to allocate 3 additional tenured faculty positions to the WE

program. Subsequently, a search for a tenure-track faculty in the welding processes area was

initiated and a clinical faculty instructor position was created and filled (David Phillips,

Associate Professor-Clinical). The department chair, Rudy Buchheit takes an active role in the

administration of the program. He convenes WE program faculty meetings at EJTC on a regular

basis and has arranged for the department fiscal officer and the department undergraduate

advisor to maintain weekly office hours at EJTC.

8.B.1 Budgeting

The department's permanent budget is determined by the college of engineering. In general

terms, changes in the permanent budget from year to year are relatively small and are guided by

enrollment, number of students graduated, and research activity. In 2008, the WE program had

revenues of $1.45M and a permanent budget allocation (excluding facilities lease costs) of

$966K. After accounting for assessment for physical plant, research administration, student

services and central administration, the WE program annual permanent budget allocation

exceeded the amount calculated by the college budget model by about 10%.

The entire MSE department permanent budget is required for faculty and staff salaries and

benefits. The MSE department also depends on temporary funds to a significant degree. This

includes research income (primarily release time) and development funds (primarily

contributions from alumni). Funds for department expenses such as GAA’s, supplies and

services, travel, etc. are covered primarily from release time (discretionary funds created when

74

portions of faculty salaries are charged to research projects), current use development funds,

earnings on endowment accounts, and a small amount of release time returned from the college.

Department resources from permanent and temporary sources are adequate to operate the

WE program.

8.B.2 Teaching support

The MSE department provides a convenient mechanism through which adequate Graduate

Teaching Assistant (GTA) support is provided for program courses. The department requires

graduate research associates paid from separately-funded research projects to serve a minimum

of one quarter as a GTA for one of the courses taught in the department.

Part time instructors have been occasionally used by the WE program in order to balance

faculty work load or cover areas where faculty expertise is lacking. Prior to being appointed as

an Associate Professor-Clinical during AY2009-2010, D. Phillips was supported as a part-time

instructor for one year by college funds. Also, the WE350/351 lab classes are taught by S.

Manring, an EWI employee who is hired as a part-time instructor by the MSE department.

The university Learning Technology office (http://lt.osu.edu/support/) provides resources and

consulting support in the area of teaching and learning with technology. In particular, the

eLearning Professional Development Grant program extends learning technology growth

opportunities to individual faculty or departments to attend conferences, host speakers, and

obtain new expertise. A forerunner program known as Technology-Enhanced Learning and

Research (TELR) provided approximately $250,000 to support the development of distance

learning curriculum and implementation of distance learning teaching technology by the program

during the previous and current ABET cycles. The college of engineering provided additional

funds of approximately $100,000 for this on-line course development.

The College of Engineering funds proposals ($90,000/yr) from faculty and staff for

pedagogies to enhance teaching and learning through the use of technology, through improved

design of instructional spaces, and through individual professional development.

Resources are allocated to faculty for support of their individual teaching and research

programs via discretionary accounts. The discretionary funds allocation is returned from the

department based on the amount of salary release time that faculty charge to their individual

research projects.

8.B.3 Facilities

In FY93 the college of engineering adopted a student computer fee that continues to provide

stable on-going resources for computer equipment, software, and support staff. This funding

provides us with state-of-the-art computer equipment. Computers are never more than 3 years

old, software is kept up-to-date and students have 24-hour access 7 days per week. This has

been a tremendous benefit to our instructional programs.

Other instructional labs are supported through a combination of efforts. The WE program

works closely with industry and state-of-the-art equipment is often placed in our labs on

consignment or for lease at a reduced rate. We also compete for equipment funds from NSF and

other federal agencies and utilize generous university office of research, college and department

cost-share programs for equipment purchased on such research grants. The department’s share

75

of these equipment cost-share programs is generally covered by returned indirect costs from

research and development funds.

It is significant that the university has allocated $365,000 per year for the operation and

maintenance of the WE laboratories at the Edison Joining Technology Center. This figure

includes $100,000 from the College of Engineering, $100,000 from the Office of Research, and

$165,000 from the central administration. This investment in the program has made these world-

class facilities possible.

Facilities are not a barrier to successfully achieving program outcomes and objectives.

8.C Staffing

The department is blessed with excellent support personnel. An excellent full time academic

counselor, aided by student assistants, serves both academic programs. A full-time administrator

serves as the personnel and fiscal officer. An office associate, also aided by students, serves both

graduate programs in the Watts Hall MSE office. Both the academic counselor and the full-time

administrator have weekly office hours (approximately ½ day per week) in EJTC to support the

Welding Engineering program. A second office associate supervises student reception workers

and handles the varied office tasks associated with the Watts Hall department office.

The on-campus computer labs (housed in the complex adjacent to Watts Hall, designated a

ECR6) and associated internal network are managed by an engineer who is a long-time employee

of the department. The ECR6 computer lab manager is aided by a staff consisting of a full-time

computer technician and graduate administrative associates. The computer technician has weekly

office hours (approximately ½ day per week) at EJTC to support the student computer lab and

other program computing and network needs.

The MSE department has a machine shop in the basement of Fontana Labs staffed by two

full time employees and several student employees. The machine-shop facilities and personnel

are available to support undergraduate and graduate student research projects on a fee-for-service

basis. One full time staff member serves as the building and facilities manager for the Welding

Engineering Labs. This person is responsible for installing and maintaining welding equipment

used in the instructional labs.

In summary, the department is well served by a loyal and capable staff. Additional support

staff would be beneficial in several areas, but staff, or lack thereof, are certainly not restricting

the potential of the department.

8.D. Faculty Hiring and Retention

The processes for hiring of new faculty is maintained by the university Office of

Academic Affairs. The recruitment of regular tenure track (RTT), regular clinical track (RCT),

and regular research track (RRT) faculty to fill vacant positions must be based on a clear and

sound plan for the programmatic future of the unit and college and on a realistic determination of

the availability of resources to support the appointment. The dean of the college must give prior

approval of faculty searches. This approval will be based at least in part on a determination that

the above criteria have been met. Circumstances that suggest considerable caution in the

recruitment of regular faculty include:

declining enrollments

inadequate resources to support the activities and professional development of current faculty

76

other major changes that could affect the need for faculty in particular areas of expertise

All regular faculty searches must, with rare exceptions, entail a vigorous national search

in addition to the internal posting. All searches must include serious efforts to achieve a pool of

highly qualified applicants that includes members of underrepresented groups. The university

remains strongly committed to diversifying its faculty. Units that lack women and minority

faculty must make every possible effort to recruit qualified faculty in these groups.

Regular faculty searches are conducted by a committee of department faculty appointed

by the department chair. Search committees make recommendations to the chair following

completion of the search process. On receipt of the search committee's report, the chair may

recommend to the dean making an offer to a particular candidate, resuming the search, or

canceling the search.

1. Describe strategies used to retain current qualified faculty.

Tenure and competitive salary and benefits are primary means available to the university

to retain current qualified faculty. In hiring faculty into probationary regular tenure track faculty

positions, the OAA policy states that the unit should be firmly convinced that these persons,

given their training and record to date, will successfully meet the unit's, college's and university's

standards for tenure by the end of the probationary period. The

The university Office of Institutional Research and Planning periodically conducts a

university-wide survey all faculty about their experiences as members of the Ohio State

academic community. This survey is part of a larger collection of data on faculty satisfaction,

workload, and climate conducted by the American Association of Universities. Subsequently, the

Ohio State University has been recognized in 2008 and in 2009 as one of the Chronicle of Higher

Education's "Great Colleges to Work For." The university ranked among the top 10 large four-

year universities (over 10,000 enrollment) in three categories: "Overall Satisfaction with

Benefits," "Health Insurance" and "Disability Insurance."

8.E. Support of Faculty Professional Development

The university Learning Technology office (http://lt.osu.edu/support/) provides resources and

consulting support in the area of teaching and learning with technology. In particular, the

eLearning Professional Development Grant program extends learning technology growth

opportunities to individual faculty or departments to attend conferences, host speakers, and

obtain new expertise. Travel for faculty development purposes is supported by the MSE

department discretionary funds on a case-by-case basis. Discretionary accounts of individual

faculty members may be used to support sabbaticals, travel, workshops, seminars or any other

faculty professional development expenditures that fall within state and university policies.

The Faculty Professional Leave (FPL) (commonly referred to as sabbatical leave) program is

available to give faculty a period of uninterrupted time to invest in their professional

development. FPL proposals generally emphasize enhancement of research skills and

knowledge. However, faculty members may use an FPL for substantial investment in

77

pedagogical or administrative skills and knowledge when these are judged to be mutually

beneficial to the faculty member and his or her academic unit. The college accepts applications

for tenured faculty sabbatical leaves of duration of up to 2 quarters or 1 semester with no

reduction on salary. Leaves of 3 or 4 quarters entail a reduction in salary of 1/3 over the

sabbatical year. Leaves of 2 semesters will entail a reduction in salary of 1/3 over the 2 semester

period. No more than 10% of the faculty in the program (corresponding to one WE faculty) may

be on FPL leave at time.

A similar faculty leave program called Special Research Assignment (SRA) is available

to faculty for one quarter of leave. It is awarded to regular full-time program faculty members

whose research may be effectively promoted by the award of the time. The assignment allows

release from teaching of 2 or fewer courses for the quarter in question and salary is not affected.

The FPL application process focuses in order on:

(a) eligibility (faculty are eligible for sabbatical every seventh year of service).

(b) the cogency of the argument being made for the benefits of the leave to the individual

and the department.

PROGRAM CRITERIA

There are no specific criteria for Welding Engineering degree programs. A description of how

the program satisfies the general criteria is presented in the above sections.

A1

Appendix A – Course Syllabi Quarter Syllabi A2

Non-WE required - Quarter A2

WE required - Quarter A33

WE elective - Quarter A58

Semester Syllabi A83

WE required - Semester A83

WE elective – Semester A124

Non-WE required – Semester A160-202

Appendix B – Faculty Vitae B1-B21

Appendix C – Equipment C1-6

Appendix D – Institutional Summary D1-19

Signature Attesting to Compliance E1

A2

Syllabi Non-WE Required Undergraduate Courses

EN Graph 167 Problem Solving through Programming for Engineering Calculations

and Computer Graphics

Description

Solving engineering problems using computer programming; development of algorithms and program modules;

solutions to major problems will be presented in an engineering report format. Levels, Credits, Class Time Distribution, Prerequisites

Level: UG

Units: 4

Class Time Distribution: 4 2-hr cl and lab hours per week

Prerequisites or Concur: Math 151 or higher.

Quarters Offered

Su, Au,Wi,Sp

Intended Learning Outcomes

This course provides students with a number of MATLAB and C++ programming tools and

presents the basics of computer programming in a problem solving environment. Students will

learn and practice fundamental computational skills useful to engineering students and

professional engineers in many fields (e.g., introduction to managing variables, importing and

exporting data, performing calculations, generating plots, and developing and managing files

using computer applications). Time is routinely reserved for students to work in class on

assignments. The instructional staff will move around the class, coaching students on

approaches to problems, helping students to understand important concepts, and suggesting

useful references as needed. Several class projects will be handed out that are intended to

integrate and reinforce the concepts taught in the class.

Representative Texts and Other Course Materials

Text: MATLAB: An Introduction With Applications 3rd

or 4th

Edition – Amos Gilat

C++ Without Fear: A Beginner's Guide That Makes You Feel Smart - Brian Overland

Recommended Items: Storage Medium – USB flash drives Note: 3GB storage space on a

network drive accessible by Remote Desktop from outside of class is provided by the First-

Year Engineering Program.

CAD Computer Graphics Lab: In addition to your classrooms and labs, you will have access

to the Hitchcock Computer Graphics Lab (HCGL) located in Hitchcock Hall Room 342.

Representative Topics List

Course Intro and Computational Science

Array Creation

Array Accessing, Strings

Array Operations

Linear Models

Script Files

Non-linear Models

2-D Plots

A3

Functions

Program Strategies

Logical Expressions

Conditional Statements

Accuracy and Precision

Loops

Verification and Validation

Representative Assignments

Data Project

Plot Project

Parachute/Team Project

Extended/Team Project

Representative Grading Plan 167 Grading Summary % of Final Grade

Daily Assignments 20%

Projects 20%

Quizzes 9%

Exam 1 15%

Exam 2 15%

Final Exam 20%

Journal Entries 1%

Relationship to BS Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k

** ** * * ** * ***

Course Coordinator: Dr. Lisa Abrams

A4

ISE 504 – Engineering Economic Analysis Spring Quarter, 2011

Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtrs. 3 classes/wk 3 credits.

Instructor GTA Harry Pierson Vikram Srinivasan ([email protected]) 246 Baker Systems [email protected] Textbook

Blank, Leland and Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Economy, 6th edition. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2005. (ISBN 0-07-320382-3)

Specific Course Information Catalog Description: Economic analysis of engineering projects and methods of operation;

the analysis of public investments, and introduction to the analysis of engineering decisions. 504H (honors) may be available.

Prereq: 3rd yr standing or concur with ISE500 or written permission of instructor; and a minimum cumulative pt-hr ratio of 2.00. Not open to students with credit for IndEng 504. This is a required course in the BSWE curriculum

Specific goals for the course

Engineering economics is a set of analytic techniques used in making decisions about the allocation of resources. At its core is a mathematical model of how the value of money depends upon when it is paid or received. This model, while universally applicable to all areas of personal and business finance, will be applied in the context of problems that early- and mid-career engineers are typically called upon to solve. In much the same manner that an engineer applies the fundamental laws of mathematics and science to optimize quantities such as weight, power consumption, heat flow, stress, etc., students will learn to apply time-value-of-money concepts to maximize the financial benefits or minimize the financial costs associated with engineering projects.

This course is important in demonstrating the following ABET Educational Outcomess

for the accreditation of your degree:

(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (ABET 3a)

(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability (ABET 3c)

(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (ABET 3e)

A5

(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice (ABET 3k)

Grading Final numeric grades will be determined according to the following weighting: Midterm 1 25% Midterm 2 30% Final Exam 30% Quizzes 15% Course Topics

Date Subject Reading Assignment

3/28 Course Introduction Ch 1

3/30 Equivalence Ch 2 & Ch 3

4/4 Equivalence

4/6 Equivalence

4/11 Excel Appendix A

4/13 Interest Rates Ch 4

4/18 Interest Rates, Review

4/20 Worth Analysis Ch 5 (skip 5.6 & 5.7) Ch 6

4/25 Midterm 1

4/27 Worth Analysis, Rate of Return Analysis Ch 7 (skip 7.5) & Ch 8

5/2 Rate of Return Analysis, Payback Analysis

Section 5.6

5/4 Payback Analysis, Break Even Analysis Ch 13

5/9 Sensitivity Analysis, Review Sections 18.1, 18.2

5/11 Midterm 2

5/16 Depreciation Ch 16 (skip 16A.1)

5/18 Depreciation, After-Tax Analysis

5/23 After-Tax Analysis Ch 17 (skip 17.7-9)

5/25 Inflation Ch 14

5/30 University Holiday - No class

6/1 Inflation, Review

6/9 Final Exam (3:30-5:18)

A6

1. Physics 131 – Introductory Physics: Particles and Motion

2. Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5cl, 1 2-hr lab.

3. Course Dr. Michael Ziegler

Coordinator: Office: 1036A Smith labs, Phone: 614-292-2067

4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday, Resnick, Walker, 8th

edition (2008)

Physics 131 Laboratory Activities & Worksheets, 4th

edition

5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for

Information: students in physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering.

Pre-req: 1 entrance unit of Physics or Chemistry; and Math 151 and concur

Math 152, or concur Math 161 or higher.

This is a required course for Arts & Sciences Physics and Engineering Physics

majors. It is required in the undergraduate WE curriculum.

6. Course Objectives:

Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories and methods of modern

science [a, e].

Students learn key events in the history of science [a, h].

Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological

developments [a, e, k].

Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and

understand the potential of science and technology to address problems of the

contemporary world [h, j].

7. Topics Covered:

Kinematics

Static forces

Dynamic forces

Static friction

Conservation of energy

Momentum

Rotational dynamics

A7

1. Physics 132 – Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism

2.Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours



4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics. Halliday, Resnick and Walker 8th

edition (2008).

Physics 132 Laboratory Activities and Worksheets. 3rd

edition.

5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for

Description: students in physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering. Continuation of

131.

Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5cl, 1 2-hr lab. Pre-req: Physics 131; and Math 152 and

concur Math 153, or concur Math 162 or higher.


majors

6. Course Objectives:


science [a, e].







7. Topics covered:

Coulomb‘s Law

Electric fields

Charge distributions

Electric flux

Gauss‘s Law

Electric potential

Capacitors

Inductance

Faraday‘s Law

Ampere‘s Law

The Biot-Savart Law

Magnetic forces and fields

Resistance

Currents and circuits

A8

1. Physics 133 – Introductory Physics: Thermal Physics, Waves, and Quantum Physics

2. Credits: 5 undergraduate credit hours



4. Textbook: Fundamentals of Physics, Halliday, Resnick, Walker, 8th

edition (2008)

Physics 133 Laboratory Activities & Worksheets, 1st edition

5. Course Major concepts of physics from a contemporary point of view; for students in

physical

Information: sciences, mathematics, or engineering.

Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qrts. 5 cl, 1 2-hr lab. Pre-req: Physics 133 and math 153 or

Math 162 or higher.


majors. It is a required course in the WE undergraduate curriculum.

6.Course Objectives:


science [a, e].







7. Topics covered:

Simple harmonic motion

Interference and diffraction

Sound waves

Electromagnetic waves

Refraction

Lenses and images

Single and double slit diffraction

Special relativity

Matter waves

Quantum wells

A9

1. Chemistry 121 – General Chemistry

2. 5 credits, 4 cl, 3 lab hrs per week

3. Instructor: Dr. Spinney

Office: 144 Celeste Labs

Lab Supervisor: Dr. Tatz

Office: 280D Celeste Lab

4. Textbook: Chemistry, The Central Science (Eleventh Edition), by Brown, LeMay, Bursten

and Murphy

Lab Manual: General Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, Volume 1 (2009-10), by Casey and

Tatz

Lab Notebook: Student Lab Notebook, Hayden-McNeil Publishing, Inc.

Prerequisite: One unit of high school chemistry and eligibility to enroll in Math 150.

5. Course Information Chemistry 121 is a Physical Science course in the Natural Science category of the GEC. It is a

required course in the WE undergraduate curriculum.

6. Goals/Rationale: This course fosters an understanding of the principles, theories, and methods of

modern science, the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of science and

technology on the environment.

Learning Objectives:

1. Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories, and methods of modern science [a,e].

2. Students learn key events in the history of science [a,h].

3. Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological

developments [a, e, k]. 4. Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and understand

the potential of science and technology to address problems of the contemporary world [h, j]..

7. Topics

Introduction, Matter, Measurement, Significant Figures, Dimensional Analysis ; Atomic Theory and Atomic

Structure

Modern View of the Atom, Atomic Weights, Periodic Table, Molecular/Ionic Compounds, Naming

Inorganic/Organic Compounds

Chemical Equations, Reactivity Patterns, Formula Weights, Avogadro‘s Number, The Mole, Empirical

Formulas, Stoichiometry, LR

LR, Aqueous Solution, Precipitation, Acid-Base, Oxidation-Reduction,

Solution Concentration, Solution Stoichiometry/Chemical Analysis; Light Waves, Energy of Photons, Line

Spectra, Orbitals

Atomic Orbitals, Representing Orbitals, Electron Configuration; Periodic Table, Charge, Size, Ionization

Energy, Electron Affinities

Metals, Nonmetals and Metalloids; Lewis Symbols, Ionic and Covalent Bonding, Lewis Structures, Bond

Polarity and Electronegativity

Lewis Structures, Resonance Structures, Octet Exceptions, Bond Strength, Molecular Shapes, VSEPR Model,

Polarity

A10

Covalent Bonding/Orbital Overlap, Hybrid Orbitals, Multiple Bonds, Molecular Orbitals, Second-Row

Diatomics

A11

1. Chemistry 125 General Chemistry

2. 4 credits, 3 cl, 3 lab hrs per week

Lecture: Tuesday & Thursday 11:30 – 12:48 pm, EL 1008

3. Instructor: Dr. Loza Office: 280C Celeste Lab

Lab Supervisor: Dr. Tatz Office: 280D Celeste Lab

4. Textbook: Chemistry, The Central Science (11th Edition), by Brown, LeMay, Bursten and Murphy

Lab Manual: General Chemistry Laboratory Experiments, Volume 5 (2010), by Casey and Tatz

Lab

Notebook:

Student Lab Notebook, Hayden-McNeil Publishing, Inc.

5. Specific Course Information Chemistry 125 is a Physical Science course in the Natural Science category of the GEC, which has

these goals and objectives:

Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 or completion of Chemistry101 with a grade of A or A- and eligibility to enroll in Math 151.

Chemistry 125 is a required course in the WE Undergraduate curriculum

6. Goals/Rationale: Courses in natural sciences foster an understanding of the principles, theories, and

methods of modern science, the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of

science and technology on the environment.

Learning Objectives:

1 Students understand the basic facts, principles, theories, and methods of modern science [a,e]..

2 Students learn key events in the history of science [a,h].

3 Students provide examples of the inter-dependence of scientific and technological developments [a, e,

k]. 4 Students discuss social and philosophical implications of scientific discoveries and understand the

potential of science and technology to address problems of the contemporary world [h,j].

7. Lecture Topic

Gas Laws, Ideal Gases, Applications, Partial Pressures (Dalton‘s Law), Kinetic Molecular Theory, Diffusion,

Effusion

Real Gases, Intermolecular Forces, Liquids, Vapor Pressure

Phase Diagrams, Solid Structures and Bonding, Solutions, Concentration

Solution Process, Solubility, Colligative Properties, Reaction Rates

Rate Laws, Integrated Rate Laws, Arrhenius Equation, Kinetic Theory, Mechanisms, Catalysis

Equilibrium Calculations, Reaction Quotient, Le Chatelier‘s Principle

Acid-Base Equilibria, Brønsted-Lowry Concept, pH Scale, Strong & Weak Acids & Bases, Salt Solutions,

Acidity & Structure

Lewis Concept, Common-Ion Effect, Buffers, Acid-Base Titrations

Chemical Thermodynamics Electrochemistry

A12

ENG 183.01: Fundamentals of Engineering II

Description

Team building, design/build project; project management, introduction to MATLAB, written

and oral reports, preparation of visual aids, hands-on lab and reporting.

Levels, Credits, Class Time Distribution, Prerequisites

Level: U

Credits: 3

Class Time Distribution: 2 class, 3 lab hours per week

Prerequisites: 181 or 181.01 or 181.02 or 191H or 191.01H or 191.02H. Not open to

students with credit for 182.

Quarters Offered

Su, Wi, Sp

Intended Learning Outcomes

The goals of this course are threefold: (1) to build on the skills you gained in 181, (2) to

engage you in a quarter-long design/build project, and (3) prepare you for your advanced

engineering classes and career. This course is divided into two segments: (1) Class

Assignments and (2) Hands-on Laboratory.

Representative Texts and Other Course Materials

Required Materials:

New Book (At OSU Bookstores)

o MATLAB: An Introduction With Applications, 3rd

or 4rd

Edition, by Gilat, John

Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008. ISBN: 978-0-470-10877-2 or 978-0-470-

76785-6

Books reused from 181

o Tools and Tactics of Design, by Dominick, et al., combined with excerpts from

A Guide to Writing as an Engineer, 2nd

Edition by Beer et al., Wiley Custom

Services, John Wiley & Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2009. ISBN: 978-0-47073-241-0

o Technical Graphics, 2nd

Edition, by Meyers, et al., Schroff Development

Corporation, Mission, KS, 2009. ISBN 978-1-58503-395-9

o An Introduction to Autodesk Inventor 2010 and AutoCAD 2010, by Shih,

Schroff Development Corporation, Mission, Kansas, 2003. ISBN 978-1-58503-

545-8.

Engineering 183_01 Student Course Packet (*Purchase at campus Barnes and

Noble*)

o (includes Student Lab Manual and Student Homework Packet and a DVD of

materials)

Recommended Items:

Storage Medium – USB flash drives Note: 3GB storage space on a network drive

accessible by Remote Desktop from outside of class is provided by the First-Year

Engineering Program.

Mechanical pencils, ruler (inches and metric)

Representative Topics List

A13

Technical Graphics

Computer Aided Design

Programming in MATLAB

Engineering Design and Analysis

Project Management

Ethics in Engineering

Teamwork

Oral and Written Technical Communication

Representative Lab Assignments

The current design-build project involves constructing a working model of a roller-

coaster; the labs therefore cover topics in basic physics such as:

• Various forms of energy and those that are useful in producing work

• Principle of conservation of energy

• Friction and other energy losses

• Use of switches and sensors in building an electronic speed-trap circuit for measuring

the speed of a moving object

Representative Grading Plan

Class Activities: 27%

o Daily Assignments/Quizzes: 17%

o MATLAB Quizzes: 2%

o Initial Paper Design: 8%

Lab Activities 28%

o Lab Memos

o Lab Quizzes: 3%

o Initial Project Schedule: 1%

o Final System Set: 5%

o Oral Presentation: 5%

o Lab Notebook 4%

o Final Written Lab Report 5%

Exams (Class and Labs) 40%

o Midterm: 20%

o Final: 20%

Team Work: 5%

o Final Team Evaluation: 3%

o Attendance: 1%

o Journal: 1%

Relationship to BS Program Outcomes (***: major contribution; **:some contribution)

ABET Criteria:

a b c d e f g h i j k

*** *** *** *** *** ** *** ** ***

Course Coordinator: Dr. John Merrill

A14

1. ECE 300 Electrical Circuits

2. 3 cr. hr; 2 – 48 min. lecture and 1 – 48 min recitation per week

3. Course Supervisor: Charles Klein

4. Textbook: Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering, 5th Ed., Rizzoni,

2007

a. References:

i. Schaum's Outline of Electric Circuits, J. Edminister and M. Nahvi

ii. Publisher‘s website for the textbook: http://highered.mcgraw-

hill.com/sites/0072463473/information_center_view0/

iii. Analysis and Design of Linear Circuits, 5th Ed., Thomas and Rosa,

2006

5. Specific course information

a. Catalog Description: Introduction to circuit analysis; circuit analysis concepts

and their extension to mechanical and thermal systems by analogy; electrical

instruments and measurements.

b. Prerequisites: Physics 132, Math 254, minimum CPHR of 2.00, and in Eng

college. Not open to Elec & Cptr Eng majors.

6. Specific goals for this course

a. Outcomes of instruction

i. Students learn the basic laws of circuit theory.

ii. Students learn to analyze simple resistive or dc circuits.

iii. Students learn to analyze simple and ideal operational amplifier

circuits.

iv. Students learn to analyze simple sinusoidal RLC circuits.

v. Students learn about frequency domain concepts and filters.

vi. Students learn to analyze simple switching or transient circuits.

b. Student Outcomes: ABET standard Student Outcome 3a

7. Topics (number of lectures)

a. DC or Resistive Circuit Analysis (10)

b. Ideal Operational Amplifier Circuits (3)

c. AC or RLC Circuit Analysis (9)

d. Filters and AC Circuits (6)

e. Switching Circuits and Transient Response (2)

A15

1. ECE 309 Electrical Circuits Laboratory

2. 1 cr. hr; 1 – 3 hr lab per week

3. Course Supervisor: Steven Bibyk

4. Textbook: A Practical Introduction to Electronic Instrumentation, 3rd Ed., Rizzoni,

1997

5. Specific course information

a. Catalog Description: Accompanies and complements 300 by demonstrating the

physical principles discussed there; use of electrical instruments such as

oscilloscopes, voltmeters, ammeters, etc., are also emphasized.

b. Prerequisite or concurrent: ECE 300 and minimum CPHR of 2.00. Not open to

Elec & Cptr Eng majors.

6. Specific goals for this course

a. Outcomes of instruction

i. Engineering students outside the major learn the basic techniques of

electrical measurements with instruments such as oscilloscopes,

voltmeters, etc. (3(k))

ii. Students reinforce knowledge of basic electrical principles and analysis

techniques taught in non-major circuits classes through hands-on

experience. (3(a),(e))

b. Student Outcomes: ABET standard Student Outcome in parenthesis after each

outcome of instruction

7. Topics (number of labs)

a. Introduction to Oscilloscope (1)

b. Introduction to DC Electrical Measurements (1)

c. Introduction to AC Electrical Measurements (1)

d. The Strain Gauge Whetstone Bridge: Measurement of Force (1)

e. Introduction to Operational Amplifiers (1)

f. Sinusoidal Frequency Response of Circuits Containing Energy Storage

Elements (1)

g. Op-Amp Active Filters (1)

h. Step Response of Circuits Containing Energy Storage Elements (1)

i. Introduction to Half-wave and Full-wave Rectifiers (1)

A16

Math 151: Calculus and Analytic Geometry I

Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min lectures, two 48-min. recitations)

Course Coordinator: Crichton Ogle

Textbook and Supplementary Materials:

Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6th

OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009

Calculator

Description: Limits, continuity, derivatives, Mean Value Theorem, extrema, curve sketching,

related rates, differentiation of the trig, log, and exp functions.

Pre-requisites: C- or better in Math 150 or Course Code L on Math Placement Test

Required Course

Course Goals: ABET Criteria: 3a

1) To master the essentials of Differential Calculus and its applications, and to

develop the computational and problem solving skills for that purpose

2) To understand the basic techniques of Calculus, including the notions of limit and

continuity, the definition of the derivative of a function, how to compute the

derivative of a function, how to compute the derivative of any elementary function

(polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, or any combination of such),

how to determine maxima and minima, and how these techniques apply to real life

situations

Topics:

1) Exponential Functions

2) Inverse Functions and Logarithms

3) The Tangent and Velocity Problems

4) The Limit of a Function

5) Calculating Limits Using the Limit Laws

6) Continuity

7) Limits of Infinity; Horizontal Asymptotes

8) Derivatives and Rates of Change

9) The Derivative as a Function

10) Derivatives of Polynomials and Exponential Functions

11) The Product and Quotient Rules

12) Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions

13) The Chain Rule

14) Implicit Differentiation

15) Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions

16) Rates of Change in the Natural and Social Sciences

17) Exponential Growth and Decay

A17

18) Related Rates

19) Linear Approximations and Differentials

20) Maximum and minimum values

21) The Mean Value Theorem

22) How Derivatives Affect the Shape of the Graph

23) Summary of Curve Sketching

24) Optimization Problems

25) Antiderivatives

26) Graphic with Calculus and Graphing Calculators

27) Indeterminate forms of L‘Hopital‘s Rule

28) Newton‘s Method

A18

Mathematics 152.01 5 cr. Calculus and Analytic Geometry

Au, Wi, Sp, Su

Prerequisite: Mathematics 151.xx with grade of C- or better.

Catalog Description: Integrals, area, fundamental theorems of calculus, logarithmic and

exponential functions, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, methods of

integration, applications of integration, polar coordinates.

Objectives of Course: To provide students with a solid foundation in one-variable integral

calculus. ABET Criteria: 3a

Text: Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume 1 ISBN-13: 978-1-4240-6455-7 or ISBN-10:

1-4240-6455-4. , 6th

OSU custom edition, by Stewart, Cengage,

Alternate Text: Calculus: Early Transcendentals ISBN 0534393217. , 6th edition, by Stewart,

Thomson,

Topics List & Sample Syllabus

4.4 Indeterminate Forms and L‘Hospital‘s Rule

5.1 Areas and Distances

5.2 The Definite Integral

5.3 The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

5.4 Indefinite Integrals and the Net Change Theorem

5.5 The Substitution Rule

5.6 The Logarithm Defined as an Integral

6.1 Areas between Curves

6.2 Volumes

6.3 Volumes by Cylindrical Shells

6.4 Work

7.1 Integration by Parts

7.2 Trigonometric Integrals

7.3 Trigonometric Substitution

7.4 Integration of Rational Functions by Partial Fractions

7.8 Improper Integrals

8.1 Arc Length

8.2 Area of a Surface of Revolution

9.1 Modeling with Differential Equations

9.3 Separable Equations

9.4 Exponential Growth and Decay

A19

Math 153: Calculus and Analytic Geometry III

Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min. lectures, two 48-min recitations)

Course coordinator: Kenneth Koenig

Textbook and Supplementary Materials:

Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6th

OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009

Calculator

Description: Indeterminate forms, Taylor‘s formula, improper integrals, infinite series,

parametric curves, and vectors in the plane; vectors, curves, and surfaces in space.

Pre-requisites: C- in Math 152 or 152.xx or 161 or 161.xx or 161H or 161.xxH

Required Course

Course goal: To provide students with a solid foundation in calculus covering such topics as

infinite series, power series, Taylor theorem; planar curves; vectors, curves and surfaces in

space. ABET Criteria: 3a

Topics:

1) Sequences

2) Series

3) The integral test and estimates of sums

4) The comparison tests

5) Alternating series

6) Absolute convergence, and the ratio and root tests

7) Strategy for testing series

8) Power series

9) Representations of functions as power series

10) Taylor and Maclaurin series

11) Binomial series

12) Applications of Taylor polynomials

13) Curves defined by parametric equations

14) Calculus with parametric curves

15) Polar coordinates

16) Area and lengths in polar coordinates

17) Three-dimensional coordinate systems

18) Vectors

19) The dot product

20) The cross product

21) Equations of lines and planes

22) Cylinders and quadric surfaces

A20

23) Cylindrical and spherical coordinates

24) Vector functions and space curves

25) Derivatives and integrals of vector functions

26) Arc length and curvature

A21

Math 254: Calculus and Analytic Geometry IV Credits: 5 credits (Three 48-min. lectures, two 48-min. recitations) Course coordinator: Kenneth Koenig Textbook and Supplementary Materials: Calculus: Early Transcendentals, Volume I, 6

th OSU custom edtition, Stewart, 2009

Calculator Description: Partial differentiation, Lagrange multipliers, multiple integrals, line integrals, and Green‘s theorem Pre-requisites: Math 153.01 Required Course Course goal: To provide students with a solid foundation in calculus. ABET Criteria: 3a Topics:

Functions of several variables Limits and continuity Partial derivatives Tangent planes and linear approximation The chain rule Directional derivatives and the gradient vector Maximum and minimum values Lagrange multipliers Double integrals over rectangles; Iterated integrals Double integrals over general regions Double integrals in polar coordinates Triple integrals Triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates Triple integrals in spherical coordinates Vector fields Line integrals Fundamental theorem for line integrals Green‘s theorem Curl and Divergence Parametric surfaces and their areas Surface integrals Stokes‘ theorem and the divergence theorem

A22

MSE 205-Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering (Required) offered every quarter

Catalog Data: Structure, processing, properties, and applications of metals, ceramics,

polymers, and composite materials. Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtr. 3 1-hr lectures, 1-1hr recitation.

Prerequisites: Math 141 or 151 or 161; Physics 131; Chem 121 or Chem H201 Time and Place: 3-48 minute lectures per week

1-48 minute recitation per week (optional) Objectives: Apply knowledge of math, elementary physics, and introductory

chemistry to understand structures, processing methods, and resulting properties of engineering materials. ABET Criteria: 3 (a, e, h, j, k)

Textbook: W.D. Callister, Jr., Materials Science and Engineering: An

Introduction (7th ed), Wiley and Sons, 2007. Student Learning Resources CD-ROM

Topics: See detailed list appended. Grading Plan: 25% weekly quizzes (based on homework), 50% midterms (2), 25%

final (1). Laboratory Projects: None Professional Component Content:

Engineering Science: 2.5 credits or 83% Engineering Design: 0.5 credits or 17%

Design Component Content:

In lectures and in assigned homework, students learn how to (1) determine thermal and mechanical processing that achieve particular structures and properties, (2) determine needed material properties to meet an engineering requirement, and (3) select materials that meet or exceed required properties.

Relation to Program Objectives:

1. This course applies basic science and engineering concepts to materials engineering and therefore is integral to ABET Outcome 3(a). 2. This course provides examples of the relationship between microstructure, properties and processing of materials and therefore is integral to ABET Outcome 3(c,e).

Updated by: P.M. Anderson

A23

Lecture Topics Each bulleted item comprises approximately one lecture

• General Introduction.

• Types of atomic bonding and the relation to properties.

• Comparison of densities of material

• Engineering stress and engineering strain; stress-strain testing, linear elastic moduli.

• Plastic (permanent) deformation, yield strength, tensile strength, ductility, toughness, hardness,

hardening, design/safety factors.

• Dislocations and strengthening; plastic strengthening due to grain size reduction and alloying.

• Plastic strengthening due to precipitation and due to work hardening. estimate of %cold work on

yield strength, tensile strength, and ductility. Recovery, recrystallization, and grain growth due to

heating after cold work.

• Ductile vs brittle failure and case examples; features of fracture surfaces.

• Role of flaws, stress concentration factors, fracture toughness; estimates of critical stress (load) for

fracture. Effect of loading rate and temperature.

• Fatigue and fatigue design parameters; improving fatigue life; creep and creep failure.

• Phase diagrams. Solubility limit, components and phases, estimates of number and types of phases,

phase composition, and weight fraction of phases.

• Cooling in a Cu-Ni binary; mechanical properties versus composition and structure.

• Eutectic systems; eutectoid systems (steel).

• Phase transformations and kinetics. TTT diagrams for eutectoid steels. tempering martensite;

processing options for steels.

• Taxonomy of metals; precipitation hardening; metal fabrication methods. • Bonding in ceramic

materials; predicting the structure of ceramics with ionic bonding; defects in ceramics; methods to

measure elastic moduli, strength, and elevated temperature response.

• Applications and processing of ceramics; ceramic fabrication methods; glass structure, properties,

and heat treatment.

• Polymer microstructure, molecular weight and crystallinity; tensile response of thermosets,

thermoplastics, and elastomers; predeformation by drawing; time-dependent deformation.

• Composite materials and classifications; estimates of elastic moduli and strength; benefits of

composites such as specific properties.

• The cost of corrosion, standard EMF tests, galvanic series, forms of corrosion; controlling corrosion.

• Electrical conduction; comparison of conductivities; insulators, semiconductors, and metals;

estimating conductivity versus composition in an alloy; conductivity versus temperature in a metal

versus a semiconductor; doping.

• Heat capacity, thermal expansion coefficient, and thermal conductivity of materials; thermal stress;

thermal shock resistance.

• Response of a material to an applied magnetic field; types of magnetism; magnetic susceptibility;

permanent magnets; magnetic storage.

• Light interaction with solids; absorption, transmission, and reflection in metals and nonmetals; color

of nonmetals; applications to luminescence, photoconductivity, solar cells, fiber optics.

• Price and availability of materials; relative cost of materials; optimization for stiff/light and

strong/light members in tension, tornsion, and bending. Stiff/cheap and stong/cheap members.

• Material property database (on CD-ROM); use in materials selection.

A24

MATSCEN 581.04 – Materials Science and Engineering Laboratory for Welding

Engineering

Credits 2 credit hours

Instructor David Phillips, Associate Professor of Practice

Office: 114 Edison Joining Technology Center

Phone: 614-292-1974

Email: [email protected]

Required Materials None required

Course Information: Laboratory experiments related to materials characterization and

properties for Welding Engineering Students. Development of

technical writing skills

WI Qtr., 1 lecture, 1 lab, Prerequisites: MSE 205 and 3rd

yr

engineering standing, MSE 525 (conc.)

This is a required class for BSWE majors

Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:

(a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1)

(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and

interpret data (1)


(3)

(e) an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (2)

(g) an ability to communicate effectively (1)


(2)

(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools

necessary for engineering practice. (2)

WELDENG (L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes

and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service

conditions (2)

WELDENG (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify

materials, processes, design and inspection requirement (3)

Degree of contribution: (1): major (2): some (3): small

Topics: (Hours)

Metallography (7.0)

Heat Treatment and Welding of Steels (8.0)

Casting of Aluminum (5.0)

Analysis of Steel Weldment Fusion Zone (3.0)

Technical Writing (9.0)

mailto:[email protected]

A25

MSE 525 Phase Diagrams

Catalog Data: Phase diagrams of unary, binary, and ternary materials systems;

thermodynamics and applications. Prerequisites: 4

th year standing in engineering or permission of instructor. MSE 401

or equivalent. Not open to students with credit for MSE 521.01. Time and Place: Winter quarter. 3-48 minute lectures per week Objectives: Provide students with a working knowledge of how to read phase

diagrams and use them to solve problems involving alloy and process

design. Meet ABET Criteria 3 Outcomes a, e, i, j, and k. Textbook: F. N. Rhines, Phase Diagrams in Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill, 1956, New

York). Other supplemental reading will be provided. Topics: See detailed list appended. Grading Plan: 20% homework (8), 35% midterm (1), 45% final (1). Professional Component content:

Engineering Science: 2.5 credits or 83%. Engineering Design: 0.5 credits or 17%.

Design Component content: Students learn to apply principles of phase diagrams to the design of alloys and material processes that involve multicomponent systems.

Lecture Topics

Each bulleted item comprises approximately one lecture

Review of phase binary diagram axes and analysis

Applications

Phase Rule, LeChatelier‘s Principle

Unary P vs T Phase Diagrams

Invariant and univariant equilibrium, allotropy

Thermodynamics, free energy vs. temperature

Phase boundary slopes, vapor pressure

Binary Phase Diagrams and types of solutions

Equilibrium and ―cored‖ microstructures

Eutectic systems

Eutectoid and monotectic systems, miscibility gaps

Other phase diagram features

Peritectic and syntectic systems

Invariant equilibria classification

Ternary phase diagrams and the Gibbs triangle

Isomorphous systems

3-phase equilibria

example system with 2 binary eutectics and 1 isomorphous

Phase diagram topology and ZPF lines

Classification of 4-phase, invariant equilibria

Example system with 3 binary eutectics

Example with 2 binary eutectics and 1 peritectic

Example with 1 binary eutectic and 2 peritectics

A26

Quasi-binaries

Phase diagram division

Representing complex ternary systems

Higher-order multicomponent systems

Important ceramic phase diagrams

A27

MSE 543-Materials Structure III

Description: Principles of structural transformations in materials. Thermodynamics

and kinetics of nucleation, growth, precipitation, and martensitic

reactions.

Prerequisite: MSE 342 and 525 or 542.01.

Time Distribution: Three-48 minute classes per week

Textbook: Physical Metallurgy Principles, R. E. Reed-Hill & R. Abbaschian,

(PWS Pub. Co., Boston, MA 1994).

Course Objectives:

Ability to apply basic concepts of thermodynamics and diffusion to driving forces and

mechanisms of microstructural transformations. ABET Criteria: 3(a)

Understanding basic kinetics and morphology of nucleation and growth processes in solids.

ABET Criteria: 3(a).

Ability to apply concepts of transformation kinetics to practical microstructure-processing

relations in materials. ABET Criteria: 3(a), 3(c), 3(e).

Ability to find, interpret, and use material properties in computational models of

transformation kinetics. ABET Criteria: 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(e), 3(k).

Topics:

1. Microstructures by Transformation: Examples from various materials classes.

2. Chemical potential, phase equilibrium, and driving force

3. Structure, Energy & Mobility of Surfaces and Interfaces

4. Interface Migration by short-range diffusion

5. Grain Growth vs. Polymorhpic phase growth

6. Diffusional Nucleation: Energetics & Kinetics

7. Crystal Growth and Morphology (Example: CVD Diamond)

8. Overall Kinetics of Nucleation & Growth Processes: IT- Diagrams.

9. Applications of N & G Kinetics, and Processing-Structure Relations in:

9.1 Solidification, Morphological stability

9.2 Glass formation and devitrification (Example: Glass ceramics.)

9.3 Annealing: Recrystallization and Grain Growth (Example: silicon steels)

9.4 Precipitation in Solids (Example: precipitation hardening)

10. Sintering of powders: Driving Forces & Mechanisms (Example: fully dense Alumina)

11. Nondiffusional Transformations

Professional Component: 1.5 credit hours of engineering science and 1.5 hours of

engineering design.

Design component Content: Students must learn and apply the principles of phase

transformations in solids to a range of important technological

problems. Students are given and opportunity to develop their technical

judgment and scientific insight though homework and exams.

A28

ME 410 - Statics

1. Course Number and Name Mech Eng 410 - Statics

2. Credits and Contact Hours 4 cr hrs - 3x1 1/3 cr hrs Lecture, 1 hr Recitation

3. Course Coordinator Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Assoc. Prof. of Mechanical Engineering

4. Text Engineering Mechanics - Statics, 12th Ed. by R. C. Hibbeler,

Pearson - Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2010

5. Course Information

(a) Catalog Description Vector concepts of static equilibrium for isolated and

connected bodies, centroids, inertia, truss, frame and

machine analysis, shear force and bending moment

diagrams, and friction. (Au, Wi, Sp, Su Qtrs.)

(b) Prerequisites Engineer 182 or 183 or H192 or En Graph 167 or H167 or

Cptr/Inf 201 or Cptr/Inf 202, and Physics 131, and Math

254 (prereq or concur). CPHR 2.00 or above

recommended. Not open to students with credit for H210

or 400.

(c) Course Type Required

6. Course Goals [Outcomes Addressed]:

Our students will obtain:

1. Ability to determine resultant forces and moments and equivalent force/couple

systems for a given system of forces and/or couple moments. [a,e]

2. Ability to isolate a particle or rigid body from its surroundings and draw a free-

body diagram. [a,e]

3. Ability to write the equilibrium equations for a body given its free-body diagram

and then solve those equations for unknowns. [a,e]

4. Ability to find forces at external supports and internal connections of structures in

equilibrium such as trusses, frames, and machines. [a,e]

5. Ability to find internal forces in structures and to draw shear force and bending

moment diagrams for beams. [a,e]

6. Ability to solve equilibrium problems involving impending motion at surfaces with

Coulomb friction. [a,e]

7. Ability to determine geometric and inertial properties of solid bodies. [a,e]

8. Ability to develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful

sketching, precise mathematical notation, and clear presentation of solution. [a,e,g,k]

A29

7. Course Topics

Topics Covered Number of Lecture/Exam Hours

1. 2D and 3D Force Vectors and Particle Equilibrium 4

2. Moment due to a force, Couples, Force/Couple Systems 4

3. 2D Rigid Body Equilibrium 3.5

4. 3D Rigid Body Equilibrium 3.5

5. Centroids, Area Mom‘s of Inertia, Distributed Loading, Fluid Statics 7

6. Trusses, Frames and Machines 7

7. Internal Forces, Shear and Bending Moment Diagrams 4

8. Dry Friction and Coulomb‘s Law 3

9. Midterm Exams 3

10. Total 40

Relationship to ABET-Accredited Program Outcomes:

ABET and Program Outcomes Addressed: a , e, k

Prepared by: Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering

A30

ME 420- Introduction to Strength of Materials

1. Course Number and Name Mech Eng 420- Introduction to Strength of Materials

2. Credit and Contact Hours 4 cr hrs- 3x64 min Lecture, 1 hr Recitation

3. Course Coordinator Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of

Mechanical Engineering

4. Text Mechanics of Materials, 8th

Ed. By R.C. Hibbeler,

Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2010


(a) Catalog Description Stress and strain analysis of structural components

subjected to unidirectional and combined loads; vessels;

beam deflections, Mohr‘s Circle, and columns

(b) Prerequisites ME 210H or ME 410, or EngMech 210H

(c) Course Type Required

6. Course Goals [Outcomes Addressed]:

Our students will obtain:

1. Ability to use internal forces to model normal and shear stress distributions in

frame and machine components under various loadings including pure shear, axial,

torsion, and bending loading [a,e,k]

2. Ability to relate stresses to strains and use published experimentally determined

material properties such as Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio [a,e,k]

3. Ability to analyze displacement or deflection and use constraints on deformation

quantities to calculate forces on bodies supported in a statically indeterminate

manner [a,e,k]

4. Ability to transform stresses and strains at a point between differently oriented

coordinate systems [a,e,k]

5. Ability to size structural elements and determine allowable loads on components

based on considerations of critical values of stress and factors of safety [a,e,c,k]

6. Ability to develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful

sketching, precise mathematical notation, and clear presentation of solutions

[a,e,g,k]

A31

7. Course Topics

Topics Covered Number of

Lecture/Exam Hours

1. Review of Statics 1

2. Definition of Stress, Average Normal and Shear Stress,

Allowable Stress and Factor of Safety 2

3. Deformation and Normal and shear Strain, Mechanical

Properties of Materials, Hooke‘s Law 3

4. Deformation of Axially Loaded Members (Statically

Indeterminate and Thermal Loading Problems) 4

5. Torsion of Bars (Stress, Angle of Twist and

Statically Indeterminate Problems) 4.5

6. Shear Force and Bending Moment Diagrams 1.5

7. Bending Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams 2.75

8. Shear Stress and Shear Flow in Transversely Loaded Beams 3.25

9. Stresses in Pressure Vessels and Combined Loading 3.5

10. Plane Stress Transformation 3.25

11. Plane Strain Transformation and Generalized Hooke‘s Law 2.75

12. Deflection of Transversely Loaded Beams and Statically

Indeterminate Problems 4

13. Buckling of Columns 1.5

14. Exams 3

Total 40

Contribution to ABET Professional Component:

Distribution of hours

Mathematics:

Basic Science:

Engineering Topics: 4

General Education:

Relationship to ABET-Accredited Program Outcomes:

ABET and Program Outcomes Addressed: a , e, k

Prepared by: Daniel A. Mendelsohn, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering,

A32

Materials Science and Engineering (MSE 401)

Materials Thermodynamics

Catalog Data: First three laws of thermodynamics; phase equilibria; reaction equilibria;

solution theory; phase diagrams. 4 Credit hrs.

Prerequisites: MSE 205, Physics 132; Math 254, and Chemistry 121.

Time Distribution: Autumn quarter, 3 1-hr lectures, 1 2-hr recitation.

Course Objectives: Introduce the fundamental concepts and the basic laws of

thermodynamics, as applied to materials. Program Outcome (a).

Apply the concepts of chemical thermodynamics to examine the chemical

and phase stabilities of materials. Program Outcome (a).

Textbook: Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Materials, by D. R. Gaskell,

Taylor and Francis, 2003 (4th ed.)

Topics Covered: Introduction and stabilities of materials

Basic concepts

First law

Enthalpy, heat capacity, enthalpy changes

Second law, entropy, and entropy changes

Free energy and free energy changes

Stability diagrams and stability boundaries

Thermodynamics of mixing

Solution thermodynamics

Phase equilibria

Reaction equilibria

Grading Plan: 3 Exams (25% each), Quizzes 15%, Attendance 10%

Professional Component: 4 Credits of Engineering Sciences

Relationship to ABET outcomes:

This offering is integral to ABET 3(a) as it applies basic science concepts

to Materials Engineering, and ABET 3(c,e) as it provides examples of

analytical relations between thermodynamic properties and

experimentally measurable properties of materials.

A33

WE Required courses

A34

WELDENG 300 - Survey of Welding Engineering




Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials 1) WE 300 Lecture Notes, D. Phillips, 2011

2) ―Welding Essentials‖, 2nd

Ed., Galvery, Marlow

Course Information: Principles of welding engineering including processes,

materials, design, quality assurance, and codes

WI, SP Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: MSE 205





interpret data (3)


(2)




(2)





conditions (2)




Topics: (Hours)

Arc Welding Processes (7.0)

Non-Arc Welding and Solid-State Welding Processes (4.0)

Welding Metallurgy (4.0)

Welding Design (3.0)

Weld Quality and NDE (2.0)

Codes and Standards (2.0)

Midterm exams (2.0)


A35

WELDENG 350 – Introductory Welding Laboratory I

Credits 1 credit hour



Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials Hobart Institute of Welding Technology Training Manuals -

Item #EW-369 SMAW B and Item #EW-269 OAW

Safety equipment - welding helmet with a #10 lens + a cover

lens,

gloves (light weight, heavy arc), green welding jacket, safety

glasses,

leather work boots

Course Information: Demonstration of a fundamental working knowledge of manual

arc welding

AU, WI, SP Qtrs., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 300 (concur.)





interpret data (2)


(3)




(2)





conditions (3)




Topics: (Hours)

Shielded Metal Arc Welding Skills (18.0)

Cutting Skills (8.0)

Exams (2.0)


A36

WELDENG 351 – Introductory Welding Laboratory II




Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials Hobart Institute of Welding Technology Training Manuals -

item #EW-369 GMAW B, item #EW-369 GTAW B

Safety equipment - welding helmet with a #10 lens + a cover

lens,

gloves (light weight, heavy arc), green welding jacket, safety

glasses,

leather work boots

Course Information: Demonstration of a fundamental working knowledge of

semiautomatic arc welding

AU, WI, SP Qtrs., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 350 (concur.)





interpret data (2)


(3)




(2)





conditions (3)




Topics: (Hours)

Gas Metal Arc Welding Skills (11.0)

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Skills (11.0)

Exams (2.0)


A37

1. WE 489 INDUSTRIAL EXPERIENCE

2. Credits 1 credit hour, classes as arranged for report discussions

3. Instructor S.Suresh Babu, Associate Professor


Phone: 614-247-0001


4. Required Materials None

5. Course Information Experience in an industrial organization and submission of an

acceptable report on the work done. Su, Au, Wi, Sp Qtrs. Prereq: Permission of instructor.

One qtr full time industrial experience or equiv part-time field experience.

This is a required course in the Welding Engineering major

6. Course Objective This course is intended to provide the student with an opportunity to

apply his / her knowledge in an industrial environment and to expose the student to conditions

in the real world of industry.

Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: at the end of the course, students should

have:


WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection

techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions (3)

WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,

design and inspection requirement (3)

WELDENG n(3) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet

application requirement (3)


7. Topics (hours)

The industrial work experience will be for quarter full time or equivalent part time

Prepared by: D. Farson, March 2011

A38

1. WE 500/550 PRINCIPLES OF ARC WELDING SYSTEMS

2. Credits WE500: 3 credit hours WE500: 1 credit hour 3 classes 1 3 hr. lab per week

3. Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor


Phone: 614-688-4046


4. Required Materials 1.) WE 500 Lecture Notes; Principles of Arc Welding Systems,

D. Farson, R. Richardson, 2011

5. Course Information Study of the application of electric and magnetic principles in

welding engineering.

Autumn Quarter, 3-1 hour lectures/week (500), 1-3 hour lab/week (550)

Prerequisites WE300; WE350; EE300/309 (may be concurrent)

WE500 and WE550 are required classes for BSWE majors

6. Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):

Mathematics and Basic Science - 0 Credits

Engineering - 4 Credits

General Education - 0 Credits




interpret data (1)


(1)




(2)



WELDENG(L) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and

inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service

conditions (1)

WELDENG(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify



7. Lecture Topics (hours):

Review of materials joining concepts (1)

Welding processes (1)


A39

Energy and power sources (1)

Electric power (2)

Thermal Processes (1)

AC and DC circuits and analysis (2)

Electrical measurements (1)

Rectification (1)

Arc electrical characteristics (2)

Arc heat source characteristics (2)

Welding arc control (4)

Welding power source characteristics (4)

Feedback control of power sources (2)

Solid-state power control (2)

Inverter technology power sources (2)

Lab Topics (hours):

Simple AC circuits and measurements (3)

Electrical power and safety (3)

AC circuit characterization (3)

DC circuits and measurements (3)

Inductance in electrical circuits (3)

Manual arc characteristics (3)

Power source characteristics (3)

Gas metal arc characteristics (3)

Solid-state electrical power circuits (3)

A40

1. WELDENG 600 - Physical Principles in Welding Engineering II

2. Credits 3 credit hours 3 classes per week



Phone: 614-688-4046


4. Required Materials 1.) WE 600 Lecture Notes, D. Farson, C. Albright, 2011

2.) AWS Welding Handbook, Vol. II, 8th Edition

5. Course Information Study of physical principles in welding processes.

Wi Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: WE500, ME 420


6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:



interpret data (1)


(1)




(2)





conditions (1)




6. Topics: (Hours)

Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (5.0)

Gas Metal Arc Welding (6.0)

Plasma Arc Welding (3.0)

Heat Transfer Effects (2.0)

Welding Deposition Calculations & Procedure Development (4.0)

Heat Transfer Effects (1.0)

High Energy Density Welding (5.0)

Midterm Exams (2.0)


A41

WELDENG 601 – Welding Processes and Applications




Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials 1) WE 601 lecture notes, D. Phillips, 2011

Course Information: Fundamentals, theory, and practice of Resistance and Solid-

State Welding processes

SP Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: WE 600





interpret data (3)


(2)




(2)





conditions (1)




Topics: (Hours)

Resistance Welding Processes (10.0)

Solid-State Welding Processes (8.0)

Equipment and Power Supplies (2.0)

Quality Control (2.0)

Midterm exams (2.0)


A42

Course WE610, Introduction to Welding Metallurgy

Credits 3 credit hours, two 75 minute classes per week

Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor

Office: 136 Welding Engineering Laboratory, EJTC

Phone: 614-292-2466

E-mail: [email protected]

Required Materials 1) Welding Metallurgy, S. Kou, 2nd

Edition, Wiley and Sons, Inc.

2) WE610 Notes, Welding Metallurgy Principles,

Copyright 2004.

3) Selected technical papers and readings.

Course Information Application of physical metallurgy principles to non-equilibrium, thermo-

mechanical conditions associated with welding.

Required course for BSWE majors

Prereq: MSE541, Phase Diagrams

Co-req: MSE543, Phase Transformations

Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes



(3)

(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired need (3)






global and societal context (3)




engineering practice (3) In addition, three welding engineering-specific outcomes defined by the program are:

(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques

based on application, fabrication and service conditions (1)

(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes, design and

inspection requirements (2)

(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement

(3)

Degree of contribution: (1) significant (2) moderate (3) small

A43

Topics (hours):

Regions of a fusion weld (1.5)

Regions of a solid-state weld (1.0)

Weld solidification principles (6.0)

The weld fusion boundary and unmixed zone (1.0)

The partially melted zone of the HAZ (2.0)

The heat affected zone (4.0)

Classification of weld defects and discontinuities (0.5)

Weld solidification cracking (2.0)

HAZ and weld metal liquation cracking (2.0)

Solid-state cracking phenomena (2.0)

Hydrogen-induced cracking (2.0)

Weldability testing (3.0)

Weld metal fluid flow and penetration characteristics (1.0)

Gas/metal reactions and porosity formation (1.0)

Prepared by: J.C. Lippold (4/15/2011)

A44

WE 611/661

Welding Metallurgy I

Catalog Description: Study of the metallurgy and welding of transformable steels.

Level/Credits: UG/G, 3 credits lecture (WE611), 1 credit laboratory (WE661)

Quarter/Time: AU Quarter, three 1-hour lectures/week, one 3 hour lab/week.

Prerequisite: WE610

Course Objective: This course is intended to provide a basic understanding of the nature of

iron and its allotropic forms and the effect of alloying elements on the solid-state

transformation of iron alloys (steels). Heat treatment of carbon and low-alloy steels is

discussed and related to the effect of welding thermal cycles on resulting structure and

properties of steels in the heat-affected-zone and weld metal. Major emphasis is placed on

microstructure evolution in the weld metal and HAZ and the relationship of microstructure to

mechanical properties. Welding procedures, steel and filler metal classification systems are

described. Weldability and weldability testing are discussed. The associated laboratory

exercises are designed to support the lectures and demonstrate the structure and properties of

steel as a function of welding procedure and heat treatment.

Required Materials: Course Notes, Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Structural

Steels, NEMJET 2004

Reference Materials: 1. Linnert, Welding Metallurgy, Carbon and Alloy Steels, 4th

Edition,

American Welding Society, ISBN 0-87171-457-4.

2. Porter & Easterling, Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys,

Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., ISBN 0-442-30439-0.




(1)


(d) an ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams (3)





global and societal context









A45


(2)


Topics (hours): Introduction - What is Steel ? (1.0)

Steel making and processing (1.0)

Classification of steels (1.0)

Review of Iron-iron carbide phase diagram. (1.0)

Alloying elements in steel and hardenability. (2.0)

TTT and CCT diagrams (2.0)

Steel microstructures (2.0)

Weld HAZ microstructures (2.0)

Weld metal microstructures (2.0)

Mechanical properties of steels (2.0)

Selection of welding consumables (1.0)

Fluxes and slags (1.0)

Hydrogen in steel and measurement. (1.0)

Hydrogen induced cracking. (3.0)

Weldability (2.0)

Weldability testing for hydrogen cracking. (1.0)

Weld failure analysis techniques and fractography (1.0)

Welding Fume (1.0)

Hot tapping (1.0)

Case Studies (2.0)

Lecture Grading Midterm #1 – 30%

Midterm #2 – 30%

Final Exam – 40%

Laboratory Grading Lab # 1 – 25%

Lab # 2 – 25%

Lab # 3 – 25%

Lab # 4 – 25%

Lab Teams consist of 3-4 students/team

A46

Course WE612/662, Welding Metallurgy II and Laboratory

Credits WE612: 3 credit hours, two 75 minute classes per week

WE662: 1 credit hour, 30 hours of laboratory

Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor


Phone: 614-292-2466


Required Materials 1) Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels, J.C.

Lippold and D.J. Kotecki, Wiley and Sons, Inc.


Course Information WE612: welding metallurgy and weldability of stainless steels and

nonferrous alloys.

WE662: characterization of weld structures in stainless

steels, aluminum alloys, and Ni-base alloys.


Prereq: WE611, Welding Metallurgy I

Co-req: WE662, Welding Metallurgy II Laboratory




(2)

















(3)


A47

Topics (hours)

Introduction to Stainless Steels (0.5)

Fe-Cr, Fe-Cr-C, and Fe-Cr-Ni phase diagrams (1.0)

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ferritic Stainless Steels (3.0)

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Martensitic Stainless Steels (2.0)

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Austenitic Stainless Steels (5.0)

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Duplex Stainless Steels (2.0)

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Precipitation-Hardened Stainless Steels (1.0)

Dissimilar Combinations with Stainless Steels (1.0)

Corrosion Behavior of Welded Stainless Steels (1.0)

Welding Metallurgy of Ni-base Alloys (2.0)

Weldability of Ni-base Alloys (1.0)

Welding Metallurgy of Cu-base Alloys (0.5)

Weldability of Cu-base Alloys (0.5)

Welding Metallurgy of Aluminum Alloys (4.0)

Weldability of Aluminum Alloys (2.0)

Physical Metallurgy of Titanium Alloys (1.0)

Weldability of Titanium Alloys (1.0)

Alloy Selection (1.5)


A48

WELDENG 620 – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation


Instructor Avraham Benatar, Associate Professor


Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, A. Benatar, 2010

2.) Laboratory Notes, A. Benatar, 2010

3.) Matlab, Student Edition

4.) Abaqus, Student Edition

Course Information Fundamentals of engineering analysis of heat flow, thermal and

residual stresses, and fracture and fatigue with applications to design

and simulation in welding and manufacturing.

Au Qtr. 3 cl. 1 3-hr lab Prerequisites: MechEng 210H or 400 or 410





interpret data (3)


(3)


(f) an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility (3)


(h) the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering

solutions in a global and societal context (3)


(2)

(j) a knowledge of contemporary issues (3)





conditions (1)



WELDENG(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet

application requirements (3)



A49

Topics: (Hours)

Lectures

Introduction to Heat Flow (3.0)

Introduction to Finite Difference and Finite Element Methods (4.0)

Heat Flow with Moving Heat Sources (5.0)

Introduction to Thermal and Residual Stresses and Distortion (3.0)

Three-bar analogy (3.0)

Residual Stress Measurement, Stress Relieving, and Distortion Control (2.0)

Fracture (4.0)

Fatigue (4.0)

Exams (2.0)

Laboratories Matlab Programming and Application to Heat Flow and Finite Difference (9.0)

Abaqus Modeling of Heat Flow (6.0)

Abaqus Elastic, Thermo-Elastic and Thermo-Elastic-Plastic Models (6.0)

Ababqus analysis of Fracture (6.0)

A50

WELDENG 621 – Engineering Analysis for Design and Simulation




Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, C. Tsai, 2008

2.) Laboratory Notes, A. Benatar, 2011

3.) Abaqus, Student Edition

Course Information Design fundamentals applicable to welded structures. Hands-on PC-

based design laboratory.

Wi Qtr. 3 cl. 1 3-hr lab Prerequisites: 620, 620 and EngMech 440 or

MechEng 420 or 440





interpret data (3)


(2)







(3)






conditions (1)







A51

Topics: (Hours)

Lectures

Essential Elements in Structural Welding (3.0)

Review of Torsion, Bending, and Buckling (9.0)

Weld Sizing and Weld Requirements for Built-Up Structural Members (2.0)

Design of Welded Plate Girders (3.0)

Design of Structural Connections (3.0)

Beam to Column Rigid Frame Connections (2.0)

Design for Torsion and Tubular Connections (4.0)

Design for Fatigue Loading (2.0)

Exams (2.0)

Laboratories Abaqus Structural Modeling of Torsion, Bending and Buckling (15.0)

Abaqus Structural Modeling of Welds (6.0)

Ababqus Structural Modeling of Plate Girders and other Welded Structures

(6.0)

A52

WE631 Nondestructive Evaluation

Credits 4 credit hours 3 cl, 1 3-hr lab.

Instructor S. I. Rokhlin

EJTC-1248 Arthur E. Adams Dr., Rm. 132, Phone #: 2-7823.

E-Mail: [email protected]

Required Materials WE631 Class Notes package

ASM Metals Handbook, Vol. 17, 9th

ed., ―Nondestructive Evaluation

and Quality Control‖

Laboratory Manual package

Course Information Catalog Description: Principles of nondestructive evaluation and

inspection of materials and structures for engineering plus laboratory

experience with principles, equipment, techniques and interpretation of

nondestructive tests.

Prereq: 3rd yr standing in Eng or equiv with written permission of

instructor. Safety related equipment and procedures required.

This is a required course in the BSWE curriculum

Course Objective: This course addresses the main concept and aim of Nondestructive

Testing of materials as applied to inspecting the integrity of different joints and structures.

The course provides the theoretical principles of conventional NDT methods, and their

capabilities and limitations. The course gives an introduction to other NDT techniques. The

associated laboratory session is designed to demonstrate calibration procedures, performing

inspection techniques and interpretation of indications received from different discontinuities.

Contribution to Professional Component (Criterion 4) of ABET 2000: Mathematics and Basic

Science – 0.5 Credits; Engineering - 3 Credits; General Education – 0.5 Credit

Specific Outcomes of Instruction Students should be able to:

1) Understand the importance of different NDT techniques for structural integrity.

2) Understand the meaning of discontinuity, flaw and defect.

3) Understand the capabilities, limitations and applicability of each method.

4) Understand the physical principles of each method.

5) Know the different types of ultrasonic waves in isotropic materials.

6) Know how to measure ultrasonic velocities and how to determine elastic moduli of

material.

7) Understand reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves on interfaces between

solids. 8) Understand reflection, transmission and mode conversion of ultrasonic waves at oblique incidence on

an interface.

9) Know how to use Snell‘s law and how to determine critical angles and be able to

select an angle-beam transducer for an ultrasonic inspection.

A53

10) Know how to use and calibrate an angle-beam transducer for weld inspection.

11) Learn ultrasonic inspection of welds.

12) Be familiar with different ultrasonic testing methods (pulse echo, through-

transmission, and different scanning procedures).

13) Understand X-ray generation.

14) Understand the basics of radiation safety.

15) Understand the importance of the X-ray tube current and voltage control on a

radiographic test.

16) Know the different mechanisms of X-ray attenuation in materials.

17) Understand different features of radiographic films and the meaning of optical density

and contrast.

18) Know how to use film characteristic curves and densitometer.

19) Understand the effect of different factors on the quality of radiographs like geometric

unsharpness, scattering, and image distortion.

ABET + WE outcomes (a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering (1); (e) an

ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems (1); (l) an ability to select

and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application,

fabrication and service conditions (1); (m) an ability to develop welding procedures that

specify materials, processes, design and inspection requirements (2); (n) an ability to

design welded structures and components to meet application requirements (2)

Topics (hours):

Introduction to NDT (1.0),

Introduction to Ultrasonic Testing (0.5)

Physical Principles of Ultrasonics (0.5)

Reflection & Transmission of Ultrasonic waves (2.5),

Ultrasonic Transducers (1.5)

Testing Methods (1.5) ,

Introduction to Radiographic Testing (0.5)

Generation of X-rays (1.0),

Radiation Attenuation (1.0)

X-Ray Films (1.0),

Selection of Exposure Parameters (2.5)

Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs (1.0)

Image Quality Indicators (1.0),

Different Radiographic Techniques (1.5)

Radiographs of Welds (1.0), Gamma Rays (1.0),

Real-Time Radiography (0.5)

Computerized Tomography, Compton Back Scattering (0.5)

Introduction to Magnetic Particle Testing (0.5),

Physical Principles (1.5)

Magnetization (1.0), Liquid Penetrant Testing (2.0),

Eddy Current Testing (1.5)

Laboratory: UT (12.0), RT (9.0), MPT (3.0), LPT (3.0)

A54

WELDENG 641 – Welding Codes, Specifications, and Standards




Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes, C. Tsai, 2008

2.) AWS D1.1:2002

Course Information Consideration of the welding requirements in a variety of industry and

government documents including examples from the aircraft,

automotive, maritime, piping, and pressure vessel fields.

Sp Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 4th yr standing in Eng or permission of

instructor





interpret data (2)


(2)







(2)






conditions (1)







A55

Topics: (Hours)

Essential Elements in Structural Welding (3.0)

Review of Torsion, Bending, and Buckling (9.0)

Weld Sizing and Weld Requirements for Built-Up Structural Members (2.0)

Design of Welded Plate Girders (3.0)

Design of Structural Connections (3.0)

Beam to Column Rigid Frame Connections (2.0)

Design for Torsion and Tubular Connections (4.0)

Design for Fatigue Loading (2.0)

Exams (2.0)

A56

WELDENG 651 – Welding Process Applications - Laboratory




Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials 1) WE 651 laboratory instructions, D. Phillips, 2011

Course Information: Laboratory experience in engineering aspects of welding

SP Qtr., 1 class, Prerequisites: WE 601 (concurrent)





interpret data (1)


(1)




(2)





conditions (2)




Topics: (Hours)

Resistance Welding (10.0)

Solid-State Welding (8.0)

Arc Welding (5.0)

Laser Welding (5.0)


A57

1. Course WE690/691/692, Welding Engineering Capstone Senior Design

2. Credits WE690: 1 credit, WE691: 2 credits, WE692: 2 credits

3. Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor


Phone: 614-292-2466


4. Required Materials None

5. Course Information Capstone senior design course (3 quarters)

Weekly meetings (~ 2 hours)


Prereq: Senior standing in Welding Engineering

6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes


(b) an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data (1)







and societal context (2)

(i) a recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning (3)


(k) an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering

practice (1)


(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on

application, fabrication and service conditions (1)



(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirement (1)


7. Topics (approximate hours per student):

Proposal development – WE690 (20)

Project execution – WE691/692 (>100)

Prepare interim reports and presentations (20)

Prepare final report (10)

Prepare final presentation (5)

Prepare poster (5)

Prepare project portfolio (2)


A58

WE Elective Undergraduate Courses

A59

WE602

FUNDAMENTALS OF RESISTANCE WELDING PROCESSES

Catalog description: The Fundamentals of the resistance welding process will be

presented; distinctions made between variations in processes. Emphasis will also be

placed on process systems.

Level/Credits: Undergraduate/Graduate 3 credits

Quarter/Time: Sp Qtr 3-hr-1 hour lectures recitations /week

Prerequisities: WE 601

Course Objective: Students will develop an understanding of various resistance welding

processes used in commercial manufacturing. An understanding of the process, power

supplies, control (including microprocessor feedback control), and metallurgical variables

will be obtained.

Required Materials: Course CD and notes provided

Lecture topics:

PROCESS REVIEW & SAFETY (1 WEEK)

SPOT WELDING (1.5 WEEK)

Physics of Spot Welding

Heat Balance

Spot Weldability

PROJECTION WELDING (1.5 WEEK)

Projection Welding Principles

Projection Physics

Projection Weldability

Solid Projections

Projection Equipment

Seam Welding (1/3 week)

Flash Butt Welding (1/3 week)

Other Processes (1/3 week)

Process Selection 1/3 week)

Systems (2 weeks)

Electrodes and Tooling

Cooling & Mechanical Systems

Power Systems & Controls

Stored Energy Systems

Codes & Standards (1/3 week)

Monitoring & Feedback Control (1 week)

Process Modeling

Industrial Applications (1 week)

Prepared by: D. Dickinson, 4/17/2005

A60

1. WE 605/655 PRINCIPLES OF WELDING PROCESS CONTROL

WELDING PROCESS CONTROLS I - LABORATORY

2. Level/Credits: WE 605: Undergraduate/graduate, 3 cr

WE655: Undergraduate/graduate, 1 cr

Quarter/Time: WE 605: Winter, 3 x 1 hr lecture classes/week

WE655: Winter, 1 x 3 hr laboratory class/week



Phone: 614-688-4046


4. Required Materials: 1) WE605 Lecture Notes

2) WE 655 Laboratory Project Notes


a. Catalog Description: WE605: Study of principles and practical application of

control systems and control elements of welding processes. WE655: Experimentation with the

applications of process controls in welding engineering.

b. Prerequisites: WE 500, WE655 to be taken concurrent with WE605

c. This is an elective course in the WE undergraduate curriculum

6. Objectives

Contribution to Professional Component (Criterion 4)

a.) Mathematics and Basic Science – 0 Credits

b.) Engineering – 4 Credits

c.) General Education –0 Credit




(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs (1)





engineering practice. (2)





7. WE605 Topics (hours)

Process Concepts (0.5)

Welding As a Process (2)

Process Control Concepts (4)

Logical/Sequential Control (1)

Relay-Based Controls (4)

Motors (3)


A61

Transistor Logic-Based Control (5)

PLC-Based Control (6)

WE655 Topics (hours)

Automated welding sytem operation (2)

Relay logic introduction (2)

Relay control of motor-powered manipulator (2)

Solid state logic introduction (2)

PLC programming (2)

PLC control of motor-powered manipulator (2)

Arc Monitor System Operation (2)

Prepared by D. Farson (12/10)

A62

WE634

INTRODUCTION TO ULTRASONICS

Catalog Description: Ultrasonic waves in solids and fluids; ultrasonic generators and

systems; physical ultrasonics; applications of ultrasonics.

Prerequisites: None

Required Materials: None

Schedule: AU Qtr., 4 classes/week (Laboratory experiments are included)

Course Objective: The course addresses the principles and application of ultrasonic

evaluation of materials. It examines mechanical oscillations, the generation of ultrasonic

waves, and propagation of elastic waves in isotropic materials. It covers mathematical

modeling of one-dimensional wave propagation in materials. The interaction of ultrasonic

waves with materials, and reflection and transmission of elastic waves at different

boundaries are studied with the application of evaluating layered materials. Ultrasonic

oblique incidence at interfaces and Snell‘s Law are discussed. Other topics like Rayleigh,

and Lamb waves and their applications to materials evaluation are covered.

Topics (hours):

Introduction and historical overview (1.0)

Mechanical oscillation (1.0)

Simple harmonic oscillation, damped and forced oscillations (3.0)

Resonance, band width, quality factor (1.0)

Generation and detection of ultrasound, piezoelectricity (3.0)

Mathematical representation of wave equation (3.0)

Wave propagation, boundary conditions (2.5)

Reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves at fluid/solid boundaries (2.0)

Normal incidence, layered materials (2.0)

Snell‘s law and oblique incidence of ultrasonic waves at interfaces (3.0)

Rayleigh wave (1.0)

Guided waves: Lamb wave and its applications (1.5)

Diffraction and scattering of ultrasonic waves by obstacles (2.5)

Attenuation of ultrasonic waves in materials (2.0)

Prepared By: S. I Rokhlin (4/26/99)

A63

WE635

FUNDAMENTALS OF RADIOGRAPHY

Catalog Description: Introduction to concept, and basic elements of industrial radiography,

characterization of a radiographic system as a linear system, parameters that affect the

quality of radiographs, real-time radiography, image digitization, microradiography, and

computerized tomography.

Prerequisites: None

Required Materials: 1) WE635 Class Notes package

2) Laboratory Manual package

Recommended Books:

1) Halmshaw, R. Industrial Radiology, Theory & Practice, 2nd

ed., Chapman & Hall,

1995.

2) ASM Metals Handbook, Vol. 17, ―Nondestructive Evaluation and Quality Control‖

Schedule: SP Qtr., 3 classes/week, 1 laboratory period (3 hr/week)

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to study the major concepts of industrial

radiography: generation of X-ray, interaction of ionizing radiation with materials and X-

ray imaging. Parameters, which affect the image quality and methods for characterization

of radiographic systems are discussed for film and real-time radiography. Other topics like

image digitization, microradiography and computerized tomography also are addressed in

this course.

Topics (hours):

Lecture:

Introduction (1.0)

Generation of X-ray (1.0)

The effect of changing mA and kV on the X-ray spectrum (2.0)

Interaction of X-rays with materials (1.0)

Image formation and X-rays Films (2.0)

Film characteristic curves and contrast sensitivity measurement (2.0)

Selection of Exposure Parameters (1.0)

Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs (2.0)

Detectability and Image Quality Indicators (2.0)

Image digitization (2.0)

Microradiography (1.5)


Introduction to linear systems (2.0)

Modeling a radiographic system as a linear system (3.0)

Evaluation of a radiographic system (2.0)

Introduction to Computerized Tomography (3.0)

Laboratory:

Film Radiography (9.0)


A64

Microradiography and Computerized Tomography (3.0)

Prepared By: S. I Rokhlin (4/26/99)

A65

WE 656

ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND OPERATIONS

Catalog description: Types and applications of industrial robot systems; lab experience in

robot programming and operations

Prerequisites: Welding Eng or Ind Eng major and written permission of instructor.

Required Materials: Lab Notes

Schedule: 1-3 hr lab per week

Course Objective: To introduce and train students in the programming and operation of

welding robots.

Topics:

Safety in welding robot operation (1)

Components of robot systems (2)

Robot programming – Robot 1 (9)



Programming problem (6)

Prepared By: R. Richardson (3-22-99)

A66

WELDENG 701 – SOLID STATE WELDING

Credits 3 credit hours lecture (WE 701) (elective)

Instructor Prof. Sudarsanam Suresh Babu, Associate Professor


Phone: 614-247-0001


Required Material / Reference Text

(1) Solid State welding course notes developed by Prof. C. Albright in 1996;

(2) Additional research papers to be added by Prof. Babu before each subject matter.

(3) R. F. Tylecote, ―The solid phase welding of metals,‖ St. Martin Press, 1968

(4) ASM Handbool Vol. 6, Welding, Brazing and Soldering, 1993, ASM International

Course Information The welding of metals in the solid state with emphasis on processes

and metallurgical principles; SP Quarter, 2 X 1.5 hr lectures/week

This is elective course; Prerequisites: Concurrent 600 level courses

Course Objectives: First objective is to expand the students in understanding of solid-state

welding process through exploration of processes and scientific and

engineering principles that governs the processes. The students should

be able to understand how the physical laws affect the observed

phenomenon including microstructure evolution in solid state welding

processes. Through this understanding of the physical laws and the

observed welding phenomenon, the students should be in a better

position to predict the effects of welding variable changes on welding

process behavior. With the above predictions, students should be able

to understand material compatibility and phenomenon that affect

compatibility after solid-state welding.




interpret data (1)


(1)





(2)





A67

WELDENG (l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and


conditions (1)


materials, processes, design and inspection requirements (1)

WELDENG (n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet

application requirement (2)


WE701 Topics: (Hours)

Mechanisms of solid-state welding: (6)

Cold Pressure Welding (1)

Roll bonding (1)

Flash Butt Welding (1)

Friction Welding (2)

Friction Stir Welding (2)

Explosive Welding (1)

Ultrasonic Welding (1)

Magnetic Pulse Welding (1)

Deformation Resistance Welding (1)

Diffusion and Transient Liquid Phase Bonding (2)

Microscale Welding (1)

Nanoscale Welding (1)

Material Changes (1)

Mid Term (1)

Group Project Presentations (2)

Final Exam (1)

A68

WELDENG 702 – Fundamentals of Resistance Welding




Phone: 614-292-1974


Required Materials W.E. 701 class notes, D. Phillips, 2011

Course Information: Fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes with emphasis

on material weldability

AU Qtr., 3 classes, Prerequisites: WE 601

This is not a required class for BSWE majors




interpret data (3)


(1)




(2)





conditions (1)




Topics: (Hours)

Resistance Welding Fundamentals (4.0)

Resistance Welding Processes (6.0)

Resistance Welding Equipment (4.0)

Weldability of Materials using Resistance Welding Processes (8.0)

Resistance Welding Quality Control (2.0)


A69

1. WELDENG 703 – Brazing and Soldering

2. Credits 3 credit hours

3. Instructor Boian T. Alexandrov, Research Scientists


Phone: 614-292-1735


Guest Lecturers: A. Shapiro, Titanium Brazing Inc., M. Lucas, Belcan

Inc., P. Ditzel, Parker and Hannifin, A. Rbinkin, Metglass Inc., Y.

Flom, NASA Goddard Center

4. Required Materials 1) WE 703 Lecture Notes, A. Shapiro, M. Lucas, P. Ditzel, B.

Alexandrov, A. Rabinkin, and Y. Flom (2008)

2) AWS Brazing Handbook, 5th

Edition,

3) AWS Soldering Handbook, 3rd

Edition

5. Course Information Study of fundamental concepts in brazing and soldering

processes and their thermodynamic and metallurgical background.

AU Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: WE400

This is a technical elective class for BSWE majors

6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes: Students should have:



interpret data (2)


(2)




necessary for engineering practice (3)

(l) an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection


(m) an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes,


(n) an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application

requirement (3)


7. Topics: (Hours)

Introduction and definitions. (3.0)


A70

Thermodynamic considerations and metallurgical background. (5.0)

Brazing processes and brazing materials. (11)

Soldering processes and soldering materials. (3.0)

Design and strength of brazed and soldered joints. (4.0)

Inspection of brazed and soldered structures. (1.0)

Safety considerations in brazing and soldering. (1.0)

Midterm Exams (2.0)

A71

WE 704 HIGH ENERGY DENSITY WELDING


Instructor Dave F. Farson, Associate Professor


Phone: 614-688-4046


Required Materials 1) Laser Material Processing, 2nd Ed., W. Steen, WE704 Lecture

Notes, Carmen web site

Course Information Theory and practices in laser, electron beam, plasma, and other high

energy density welding processes; process demonstrations.

Prerequisites: WE600


SP Qtr. 2 1.5hr classes per week

Course Objective: To provide: 1) a fundamental understanding of lasers and optics relevant

to materials processing 2) an understanding of the important industrial

laser materials processes, 3) a basic acquaintance with electron beam

systems and welding

Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):







interpret data (1)


(1)




(2)





conditions (1)


A72




Topics:

High Energy Density Processes, Process Properties, Applications

Electron Beam Basics, Electron Guns, Electric Fields

Magnetic Lenses, Beam Deflection, Alignment

Vacuum Systems

Safety, Joints

Variable, Weld Quality

Lasers and Laser Physics

Laser Systems

CO2 Lasers, CO2 Laser Systems

Nd:YAG Lasers, Diode Lasers

Excimer Lasers, Q-switching

Optics, Laser Optics, Brightness, Fresnel Number, Cavity Modes

Beam Propagation, Focus

Optical Components

Fiber Optics

Optical Phenomenon

Laser Welding Basics, Laser Penetration Welding, Laser Welding

Joints, Variables

Materials, Polarization, Focusing

Plasma Suppression

Laser Weldability, Costs

Laser Cutting 1, Laser Cutting 2

A73

1. WE 705/755 ADVANCED WELDING PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS

2. Credits SP Qtr., 2 1.5hr lectures, 1-3 hr lab per week



Phone: 614-688-4046


4. Required Materials 1.) Lecture Notes R. Richardson, 1999

2.) AWS Welding Handbook, Vol. I, 8th Edition

3) Excerpts from selected texts provided on Carmen site

5. Course Information Principles of automation of welding processes, especially arc

welding.

Prerequisites: WE605/655; WE755 Lab Concurrent


6. Course Objective To provide a framework of fundamentals for understanding and

utilizing automation in the welding industry.

Contribution to ABET Professional Component (Criterion 4):







(c) an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs (1)





engineering practice. (2)





7. Topics

Introduction to arc welding automation (3)

Elements of robot manipulator control (4)

Servo system fundamentals (4)


A74

Robot programming methods (2)

Fundamentals of economic justification (3)

Positioning and fixture design for automation (2)

Weld design for automation (1)

Cell design and layouts (3)

Weld procedure development and optimization (3)

Sensors and advanced process controls (3)

Lab topics

Robot welding systems safety

Robot coordinate systems

Robot programming by teach pendant

Robotic arc welding programming

Coordinated motion programming

Robotic weld seam sensing systems

Robotic welding systems examples (local site visits)

A75

WELDENG 706 – Welding of Plastics and Composites




Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Plastics and Composites Welding Handbook, D.A. Grewell, A.

Benatar and J.B. Park, Editors, Hanser, 2003.

Course Information Theory and practice in welding of plastics and polymeric composites,

including theory and analysis of welding processes, part and joint

design, and process selection.

Wi Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor

This is a technical elective for BSWE majors




interpret data (2)


(2)







(3)






conditions (1)






Topics: (Hours)


A76

Introduction to Structure and Properties of Polymers and Composites (6.0)

Hot Plate Welding and Welding Steps (4.0)

External Heating Methods: Hot Gas, Extrusion and Implant Welding (6.0)

Internal Heating Methods: Ultrasonic, Vibration and Spin Welding (6.0)

Electromagnetic Heating Methods: RF, Microwave and Laser Welding (6.0)

Exams (2.0)

A77

WELDENG 707 – Adhesive Bonding and Mechanical Joining of Plastics




Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Adhesion and Adhesives Technology: an Introduction, A.V. Pocius,

2nd Edition, Hanser (2002).

2.) First Snap-Fit Handbook - Creating and Managing Attachments for

Plastic Parts, P.R. Bonenberger, 2nd Edition, Hanser (2005).

Course Information Fundamentals of adhesive bonding science and technology and

methods for mechanical joining of plastics including fasteners,

swaging, staking, snap-fits and press-fits.

Sp Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor





interpret data (2)


(1)





(3)






conditions (1)






Topics: (Hours)


A78

Introduction to Properties of Polymeric Adhesives (4.0)

Theories of Adhesion (4.0)

Adhesive Bonding Procedures and Rapid Curing Methods (4.0)

Design and Testing of Adhesive Joints (2.0)

Analysis and Design of Snap-fits (5.0)

Analysis and Design of Press-fits (3.0)

Analysis and Design of Bolted Joints (3.0)

Staking and Swaging (3.0)

Exams (2.0)

A79

1. Course WE715, Special Topics in Welding Engineering

2. Credits 3 credit hours, two 75 minute lectures per week

3. Instructor John C. Lippold, Professor


Phone: 614-292-2466


4. Required Materials 1) WE715 Course Notes, J.C. Lippold, Copyright 2009.


5. Course Information This course will review the nature of weld defects and their prevention.

Other topics include failure analysis and weldability testing.

Elective course for BSWE majors

Prereq: WE610, or basic knowledge of physical metallurgy principles.

6. Contribution to ABET and Program Learning Outcomes



(3)











engineering practice (3)







(3)


7. Topics (hours)

Principles of weld solidification (1.5)

Classification of weld defects (0.5)

Weld solidification cracking (3.0)

A80

HAZ and weld metal liquation cracking (3.0)

Ductility dip cracking (1.0)

Reheat cracking (2.0)

Strain age cracking (2.0)

Lamellar tearing (0.5)

Copper contamination cracking (0.5)

Hydrogen-induced cracking (2.0)

Corrosion and corrosion-induced cracking (2.0)

Fatigue and fracture (2.0)

Weldability testing (3.0)

Failure analysis (2.0)

Interpreting fractography (2.0)

Student presentations (3.0)


A81

WELDENG 740 – Fitness-for-Service of Welded Structures




Phone: 614-292-1390


Required Materials 1.) Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures: Applications of Fracture

Mechanics, J.M. Barsom and S.T. Rolfe, 3rd Edition, American

Society for Testing and Materials, 1999.

Course Information The interrelationship of design, fabrication, nondestructive evaluation,

fracture mechanics, and reliability concepts in establishing the overall

fitness-for-purpose of welded structures.

Au Qtr. 3 cl. Prerequisites: 620 or permission of instructor





interpret data (3)


(1)





(3)






conditions (1)






Topics: (Hours)

Introduction to Fitness-for-Service and Root Causes of Weld Failure (4.0)


A82

Linear Elastic and Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics (2.0)

Failure Assessments and Fracture Mechanics Design (4.0)

Fatigue (5.0)

Fracture and Fatigue Control (5.0)

Fitness-for-Service Assessments and Standards (3.0)

Case Studies (5.0)

Exams (2.0)

A83

Semester Syllabi

WE required syllabi – Semester

Note: in all semester syllabi, contribution ABET-EAC Criterion 3 and Program Student

Outcomes is denoted as: ***: major; **: some; *: small

A84

WELDENG 3001 (Proposed): Survey of Welding Engineering

Course Description Study of the principles of welding engineering, including processes, design, weldability of materials, codes and

standards, and quality assurance.

Prior Course Number: 300

Transcript Abbreviation: Survey Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom, Less than 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Sophomore Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 132, MSE 205 Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 300 Cross-Listings:

The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: Yes

The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: No

Subject/CIP Code: 14.9999

Subsidy Level: Baccalaureate Course

Programs

Abbreviation Description

WELDENG Welding Engineering

Course Goals

Ability to describe basic welding engineering terminology.

Understanding of major welding processes and their principles of operation.

Understanding of basic weld design concepts, welding symbols, and testing of weldments.

Ability to explain the effect of various welding processes on the properties of materials.

Understanding of basic weld metallurgy and welding defects and discontinuities

Understanding of the basic weld inspection techniques and the use of codes and standards for assuring weld quality.

A85

Understanding of cutting processes.

Introduction to the welding of plastics.

Course Topics

Topic Lec Rec Lab Cli IS Sem FE Wor

Welding processes and terminology 10.0

Physics of welding 2.0 10.0

Weld design, welding symbols, residual stress and distortion, and testing and failure mechanisms of weldments

8.0

Welding codes and standards, weld defects and discontinuities, weld quality, and weld inspection techniques

10.0

Welding metallurgy and joining of materials 8.0

Cutting processes 2.0

Introduction to welding of plastics 2.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT 1 25%

MT 2 25%

Quizzes 20%

Final exam 30%

Representative Textbooks and Other Course Materials

Title Author

Welding Essentials, 2nd Edition William Galvery

WE 3001 Lecture Notes, "Survey of Welding Engineering" Phillips

ABET-EAC Criterion 3 Outcomes

Course Contribution College Outcome

** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.

* b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.

c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.

* d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.

* e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.

* f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.

* g An ability to communicate effectively.

h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.

i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

j A knowledge of contemporary issues.

* k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

A86

WELDENG ABET-EAC Criterion 9 Program Criteria Outcomes

Course Contribution Program Outcome

*** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions

* m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements

* n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements

Prepared by: Dave Farson

A87

WELDENG 3189 (Approved): Industrial Experience I Course Description Experience in an industrial organization and the submitting of an acceptable report on the work done


Transcript Abbreviation: Industrial Exp I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Greater or equal to 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 1.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 2.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Permission of instructor. Exclusions: Cross-Listings:





Programs



General Information

W.E. 489 is a required course for graduation. The W.E. program may be able to assist the student in obtaining employment. The expectation is that student will be involved in a welding related job experience. There is some flexibility as to the nature of the work.

Course Topics


A88

Experience in an industrial organization and the submitting of an acceptable report on the work done

Grades

Aspect Percent

Report 100%



*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.

** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.

** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.

** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.




* h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.

* i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

* j A knowledge of contemporary issues.





*** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements

*** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements


A89

WELDENG 3601 (Approved): Introductory Arc Welding Laboratory Course Description An introduction to the basic skills required for manual and semiautomatic arc welding processes.

Prior Course Number: 350, 351

Transcript Abbreviation: Arc Weld Lab Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Sophomore, Junior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 350 and WE 351. Cross-Listings:

The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors: No

The course is a GEC: No The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units: Yes



Programs



General Information

This course is not open to students with credit for WE 350 or WE 351

Course Goals

Develop basic welding skills in manual arc welding processes

Develop basic welding skills in semiautomatic welding processes

Develop flame cutting skills

A90

Course Topics


Manual arc welding training 19.5

Semiautomatic arc welding training 19.5

Flame cutting training 3.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Exam 30%

Manual arc welding skill test 30%

Semiautomatic arc welding skill test 30%

Flame cutting skill test 10%


Title Author

3010 laboratory manuals



* a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering.

b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.


d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.

e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.

f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.

g An ability to communicate effectively.







l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions


n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements

A91

WELDENG 4001 (Approved): Physical Principles in Welding

Processes I Course Description Study of the application of physical principles in engineering of arc welding processes and equipment.

Prior Course Number: 500, 550, 600

Transcript Abbreviation: Phy Prn Weld Pro I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 500. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

1. Understand how the physical laws affect the observed phenomenon in welding processes.

2. Through an understanding of the physical laws and the observed welding phenomenon, to be in a better position to predict the effects of welding variable changes on welding process behavior

3. Understand the design of electrical power supplies and systems for arc welding.

4. Predict joint fill rates and nugget areas for typical arc welding processes.

A92

5. Design experiments and analyze results to develop welding process procedure specifications


Electrical energy sources, power distribution 4.0

Arc electrical circuit characteristics 6.0

Arc heat generation 6.0

Electrical welding power supply designs 13.0

GTAW, PAW, GMAW, FCAW, SAW 13.0

Current and voltage measurements in electrical circuit 6.0

Lab safety and power systems 3.0

AC circuits 6.0

Rectification and filtering 5.0

SMA and GTA arc characteristics 5.0

Welding power source characteristics 6.0

GMA arc characteristics 6.0

SCR power supplies 5.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT 1 20%

MT 2 20%

HW, labs 20%

Final exam 40%


Title Author

WE5000 Lecture Notes PHYSICAL PRINCIPLES IN WELDING ENGINEERING I Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.




*** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.

*** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.


*** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.






A93

** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.






A94

WELDENG 4002 (Approved): Physical Principles in Welding

Processes II Course Description Study of the application of physical principles in engineering of non-arc welding processes and equipment.

Prior Course Number: 600, 601, 651

Transcript Abbreviation: Phy Prn Wld Pro II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 600. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Understanding of major Resistance Welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and applications.

Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of Resistance Welding.

Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of Solid-State Welding.

Ability to describe and understand the major Solid-State Welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and industrial applications.

A95

Understanding of the fundamentals and theory of High Energy Density welding processes.

Ability to describe and understand Laser and Electron Beam welding processes, weld parameters, equipment, and industrial applications.

Course Topics


Fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes 10.0

Equipment, parameters, and applications for Resistance Welding processes

6.0

Laboratory experiments - Resistance Welding 14.0

Fundamentals of Solid-State Welding processes 8.0

Equipment, parameters, and application of Solid-State Welding processes

4.0

Fundamentals of Laser and Electron Beam Welding

processes

8.0

Equipment, parameters, and application of Laser and Electron Beam Welding processes.

6.0

Laboratory experiments - Solid-State Welding 14.0

Laboratory experiments - Laser Welding 14.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT 1 20%

mt 2 20%

HW, labs 20%

Final exam 40%


Title Author

4001 Class Notes Dickinson, Farson, Phillips





* c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.





A96











A97

WELDENG 4101 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy I Course Description Application of physical metallurgy principles to nonequilibrium thermo-mechanical conditions associated with

welding in structural alloys and focus on carbon steels


Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: MSE 401 or 2251, Co-req: MSE 543 or 3141 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 610. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

First part of the course introduces the fundamental concepts of welding/joining metallurgy. This will build upon physical metallurgy principles from prerequisite MSE courses.

Topics presented include regions of fusion and solid-state welds, weld solidification, HAZ phenomena, weld defects, and weldability testing.

A98

This course provides the foundation for the second part of the class, as well as, subsequent required and elective courses to be offered in related welding/joining metallurgy courses.

This second part of the course will provide basic understanding of the nature of iron and its allotropic form. In addition, the effect of alloying elements on the solid state transformation of iron alloys (steels) will be discussed.

Heat treatment of carbon and low-alloy steels is discussed and related to the effect of welding thermal cycles on resulting structure and properties of steels in the heat-affected-zone and weld metal.

in the third part of the course, welding procedures, steel and filler metal classification systems, and post-weld heat treatments are described. Weldability and weldability testing are discussed.

Major emphasis is placed on the toughness characteristics of steel weldments and the influence of hydrogen in producing HAZ and weld metal cracks.

Course Topics


Introduction to Welding Metallurgy 1.0 Regions of a Weld in Fusion and Solid-State Weld 1.0 Weld Solidification Principles 3.0 Fusion Zone 2.0 Unmixed-Zone and Partially Melted Zone 2.0 Heat-Affected-Zone 3.0 Classification of Defects and Discontinuities 1.0 Weldability 5.0 Weldability Testing 2.0 Introduction to Steels 1.0 Steel Making and Processing 2.0 Physical Metallurgy of Steels 4.0 Weld Microstructure Evolution 4.0 Consumables and Selection 2.0 Welding Fume 1.0 Weldability of Steels (General) 2.0 Hydrogen Cracking 3.0 Post-weld Heat Treatment and High-Temperature Properties of Steel Welds

2.0

Fracture and Fatigue Behavior 1.0


Home work problems are assigned from the text book and notes distributed in the class

Home work may also include some of the computational tools that will be made available to to the students

Grades

Aspect Percent

Midterm 1 30%

Midterm 2 30%

Final Exam 40%

A99


Title Author

Welding Metallurgy Sindo Kou

Welding Metallurgy: Fundamentals (v. 1) G. E. Linnert

Title Author

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Structural Steels, Class Notes; Copyright

2007

J.C. Lippold and B.T. Alexandrov

















** m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements


Additional Notes or Comments This course may be taken by graduate students also

Prepared by: Sudarsanam Babu

A100

WELDENG 4102 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy II Course Description This course addresses the welding metallurgy and weldability principles associated with stainless steels, nickel-

base, aluminum-base, and titanium-base alloys and other nonferrous alloys.


Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 610 or 4101, Co-req: 4612 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 612. Cross-Listings:





Programs



General Information

This course represents the second in the Welding Metallurgy sequence in the Welding Engineering UG degree program. It has an associated laboratory WELDENG4612 that should be taken concurrently with this course.

Course Goals

A101

Provide a basic understanding of the physical and welding metallurgy of stainless steels, including the use of phase diagrams and constitution diagrams.

Describe the weldability aspects of stainless steels, including susceptibility to various forms of cracking that occur during fabrication and service. Provide a basic understanding of the physical and welding metallurgy of important nonferrous alloy systems, including nickel-, titanium-, and aluminum-base alloys. Provide guidelines for selection of these alloy systems based on their welding metallurgay and welability characteristics. Review basic concepts regarding characterization and failure analysis.

Course Topics


Introduction and History of Stainless Steels 1.0

Effect of alloying additions to stainless steel, and use of phase diagrams and constitution diagrams

3.0

Physical metallurgy, welding metallurgy, and weldability of the major classes of stainless steels

15.0

Dissimilar welding of stainless steels 2.0

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base alloys 6.0

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Al-Alloys 5.0

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ti-alloys and Mg- alloys

2.0

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of other nonferrous alloys

1.0

Characterization and failure analysis 4.0

Computational modeling of microstructure evolution in

welds

3.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Midterm 1 30%

Midterm 2 30%

Final Exam 40%


Title Author

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels J.C. Lippold and D.J. Kotecki

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base Alloys J.N. DuPont, J.C. Lippold, and S.D. Kiser






A102















Prepared by: John Lippold

A103

WELDENG 4201 (Approved): Engineering Analysis for Design and

Simulation Course Description Fundamentals of engineering analysis of heat flow, thermal and residual stresses, and fracture and fatigue with

applications to design and simulation in welding and manufacturing.


Transcript Abbreviation: Eng Anal Des & Sim Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 4.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec, 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001, Math 255 or 415 or 2177, ME 420 or 440 or 2040, or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 620 and 621. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Obtain fundamental understanding of heat flow including heat conduction with moving heat sources.

Obtain basic understanding of causes for and development of thermal stresses, residual stresses and distrotion.

Obtain basic understanding of linear elastic fracture mechanics including ability to apply fracture criteria.

A104

Obtain basic understanding of high cycle fatigue, effect of mean stress using Goodman diagram, and life prediction for a variety of structures inculing welded structures.

Ability to analyze and design simple welded joints.

Obtain basic understanding of and ability to apply finite difference and finite element modeling to simple heat flow, stress analysis and fracture mechanics problems.

Course Topics


Introduction to heat flow including steady state

conduction.

6.0

Finite difference and finite element modeling of heat

flow.

5.0

Heat flow with moving heat sources including Cooling rates and peak temperature equations.

5.0

Introduction to thermal stresses, residual stresses and distortion.

4.0

Three-bar analogy analysis for residual stresses and

distrotion.

5.0

Residual stress measurement, stress relieving, and distortion analysis.

6.0

Introduction to fracture mechanics, stress intensity factors and fracture toughness.

4.0

Introduction to high cycle fatigue, Goodman diagaram, and fatigue of welded structures.

4.0

Welded joint analysis and design. 3.0

Matlab programming and application to heat flow and finite difference modeling.

12.0

Abaqus modeling of steady state and transient heat flow. 9.0

Ababqus analysis of elastic, thermo-elastic and thermo- elastic-plastic problems.

12.0

Abaqus analysis of fracture. 9.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Homework and quizzes 20%

Exam 1 25%

Exam 2 25%

Final exam 30%


Title Author

Lecture and Lab Notes A. Benatar



A105









** i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.


*** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.






Prepared by: Avraham Benatar

A106

WELDENG 4202 (Approved): Welding Design Course Description Fundamentals of design and application of codes and standards for welded structures.


Transcript Abbreviation: Welding Design Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 620 or 4201 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 621 and 641. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Ability to analyze structures including torsion, bending, pressure vessels, and columns.

Ability to analyze and design joints in welded structures.

Ability to analyze and design welded structures for dynamic and fatigue loading.

Ability to apply industry codes and standards to the design of welded joints in steel structures.

Course Topics

A107


Essential elements in structural welding. 2.0 Torsion and polar moment of inertia. 3.0 Beam bending, area moment of inertia, and graphical methods for bending analysis.

5.0

Stress, strain, and moment of inertia transformations and Mohr circle.

3.0

Analysis of pressure vessels. 2.0 Buckling of columns. 3.0 Weld sizing and weld requirements for built-up

members. 2.0

Design of welded plate girders and AISC codes. 6.0 Design of welded pressure vessels and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

6.0

Design of strcutural connections and AWS D1.1 code. 5.0 Design of welded structures for dynamic and fatigue

loading. 5.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Homework and quizzes 20%

Exam 1 25%

Exam 2 25%

Final exam 30%


Title Author

Lecture Notes C. Tsai and A. Benatar








** f An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.



** i A recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

** j A knowledge of contemporary issues.

A108






*** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements


A109

WELDENG 4301 (Approved): Nondestructive Evaluation Course Description Main concepts of Nondestructive Evaluation of materials as apply to inspections of joints and structures;

principles of conventional methods, their capabilities and limitations.


Transcript Abbreviation: NDE Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: junior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 631. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of nondestructive evaluation (NDE). Learn theoretical principles of NDE methods and their capabilities and limitations. Learn applications of nondestructive material evaluation. Learn to apply NDE for joint inspections. Obtain some basic laboratory experience with nondestructive evaluation methods.

A110

Course Topics


Introduction to NDE. 1.5

Introduction to Ultrasonic Testing. 1.0

Physical Principles of Ultrasonic. 3.5

Reflection and transmission of ultrasonic waves. 4.0

Ultrasonic Transducers. Ultrasonic laboratory.

3.0 3.0

Ultrasonic testing methods. Laboratory.

3.0 3.0

Introduction to radiography. 1.0

Generation of X-rays. 3.0

Radiation attenuation. 3.0

X-Ray Films. 2.0

Selection of Exposure Parameters. Radiographyc laboratory.

1.5 3.0

Factors affecting quality of radiographs .

2.0

Image quality indicators. 1.0

Radiographs of welds and different radiographic techniques.

2.0

Gamma Rays 2.0

Real-Time Radiography 1.0

Magnetic particle testing fundamentals. 1.5

Physical principles of magnetization and inspection. Magnetic particle testing laboratory.

2.0 3.0

Liquid penetrant testing. Liquid penetrant testing laboratory.

1.5 3.0


Homework problem assignment for problem solving.

Grades

Aspect Percent

Quizzes 5%

Laboratory 20%

MT 25%

Final 50%


Title Author

A111

Class notes S. I. Rokhlin










** h The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global and societal context.









Prepared by: Stanislav Rokhlin

A112

WELDENG 4611 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy Laboratory I Course Description Fundamental understanding of microstructure evolution in alloys and steels during heat treatment, as well as,

welding through various characterization techniques


Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met Lab I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 4101 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 661. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Identification of microstructures and related properties in a variety of iron based alloys subjected to similar heat treatments, as well as, welding and post-weld heat treatment.

Design of proper control methodologies to avoid weldability issues in steels.

Course Topics

A113


(1) Identification of microstructures and related properties in a variety of iron based alloys subjected to similar heat treatments

9.0

(2) Evaluation of microstructure and hardness in welds and the similarity of the same to samples subjected to thermo- mechanical processing in a Gleeble thermal-mechanical simulator

9.0

(3) Understanding of complex interaction between prior heat treatment, welding process and post-weld heat treatments on the final weld microstructure and properties

9.0

(4) Design and implementation of control methodologies to avoid hydrogen assisted cracking in steel welds using published standards

9.0

(5) Optimization of welding process, process parameters, welding consumable selection and post-weld heat treatment for structural steel welds using computational models and experimentation

6.0


The laboratory exercises are provided with instructions and samples. The students will evaluate the microstructure and hardness of the samples. Students will present the results for each laboratory (5 labs) exercise in the form of power point presentation and small report.

One of the assignment will involve the use of computational tools that will be introduced in WE611.

Grades

Aspect Percent

Laboratory Exercise 1: General Microstructure Identification 20%

Laboratory Exercise 2: Similarity between Weld and Thermo-Mechanical Simulation 20%

Laboratory Exercise 3: Microstructure Evolution During Welding and PWHT 20%

Laboratory Exercise 4: Welding Process Design to Avoid Hydrogen Assisted Cracking 20%

Laboratory Exercise 5: Computational Optimization of Welding Consumable and Process Parameters for

Structural Steel Weld

20%


Title Author

Class Notes

Welding Metallurgy S. Kou



A114


















Additional Notes or Comments

This laboratory will be relying on theory discussed in Welding Metallurgy 1 Course


A115

WELDENG 4612 (Approved): Welding Metallurgy Laboratory II Course Description Offered in conjunction with WE4102 - Welding Metallurgy II. The course demonstrates microstructure

evolution and weldability principles in stainless steels and nonferrous alloys.


Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Met Lab II Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:

Classroom Course Levels:

Undergrad Student Ranks: Junior, Senior Course

Offerings: Autumn Flex

Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Co-req: 4102 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 662. Cross-Listings:





Programs



General Information

This is offered in conjunction with WEENG4102. The laboratories are closely linked to lecture material. The graduate equivalent of this course is WEENG7612.

A116

Course Goals

Provide the student with hands-on experience with identifying microstructures in stainless steels and

nonferrous alloys. Develop an in-depth understanding of the weldability issues associated with stainless

steels and nonferrous alloys.

Use optical metallography techniques to characterize microstructure and develop a concise and well written laboratory report.

Course Topics


Lab 1 - Microstructure evolution in martensitic and ferritic stainless steels.

6.0

Lab 2 - Solidification behavior of austenitic stainless steel welds

6.0

Lab 3 - Solidification anbd transformation behavior of duplex stainless steel welds

6.0

Lab 4 - Dissimilar weldability: stainless and carbon steels 3.0

Lab 5 - Weldability of stainless steels - cracking

susceptibility

3.0

Lab 6 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Ni-base

alloys

3.0

Lab 7 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Al-base

alloys

6.0

Lab 8 - Welding metallurgy and weldability of Ti-base

alloys

3.0

Lab 9 - Use of constitution diagrams 6.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Lab 1 15%

Lab 2 10%

Lab 3 15%

Lab 4 10%

Lab 5 10%

Lab 6 10%

Lab 7&8 15%

Lab 9 15%


Title Author

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Ni-base Alloys DuPont/Lippold/Kiser

Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels Lippold/Kotecki


A117





*** d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams.



*** g An ability to communicate effectively.









m an ability to develop welding procedures that specify materials, processes and inspection requirements



A118

WELDENG 4901 (Approved): Capstone Welding Design I Course Description Group design projects building on all aspects of welding engineering.


Transcript Abbreviation: Capst Weld Des I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:

Undergrad Student Ranks:

Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:

Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length:

14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by

Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 690 and WE 691. Cross-Listings:





Programs



General Information

Welding Engineering capstone projects are supported by industrial sponsors. The success of the project relies on good communication among students, sponsors , and advisors.

A119

This is the first semester of a two semester capstone experience. Most of the first semester is spent developing the proposal. A few weeks at the end of the semester is spent in initiating the project. Although this is 2-credit course, each student may spend over 100 hours during the semester completing the project. The hour distribution has tried to reflect the number of laboratory hours typically required for each student.

Course Goals

Students learn how research a topic proposed by a sponsor and prepare a research proposal.

Students communicate with the research sponsor, course coordinator, and faculty advisor in the development of the

proposal. Students perform initial investigations and testing to meet the objectives of the proposal.

Course Topics


Course introduction and guidelines for proposal

development

4.0

Groups communicate with sponsors and advisors to understand problem definition and critical issues

20.0

Groups develop draft proposal 25.0

Draft proposal presentations 4.0

Revise and finalize proposal 25.0

Final proposal presentations 4.0

Testing and analysis from proposal 25.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Communication with team members, sponsors, and advisors 30%

Written progress reports 20%

Proposal presentation 10%

Final proposal 40%


Title Author

None







A120

** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.









** l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions


** n an ability to design welded structures and components to meet application requirements

Additional Notes or Comments Contribution to ABET l, m, and n is dependent on the nature of the project.


A121

WELDENG 4902 (Approved): Capstone Welding Design I

Course Description Group design projects building on all aspects of welding engineering.


Transcript Abbreviation: Capst Weld Des I Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:




14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by

Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 690 and WE 691. Cross-Listings:





Programs



General Information

Welding Engineering capstone projects are supported by industrial sponsors. The success of the project relies on good communication among students, sponsors , and advisors.

A122

This is the first semester of a two semester capstone experience. Most of the first semester is spent developing the proposal. A few weeks at the end of the semester is spent in initiating the project. Although this is 2-credit course, each student may spend over 100 hours during the semester completing the project. The hour distribution has tried to reflect the number of laboratory hours typically required for each student.

Course Goals

Students learn how research a topic proposed by a sponsor and prepare a research proposal.

Students communicate with the research sponsor, course coordinator, and faculty advisor in the development of the

proposal. Students perform initial investigations and testing to meet the objectives of the proposal.

Course Topics


Course introduction and guidelines for proposal development 4.0

Groups communicate with sponsors and advisors to understand problem definition and critical issues

20.0

Groups develop draft proposal 25.0

Draft proposal presentations 4.0

Revise and finalize proposal 25.0

Final proposal presentations 4.0

Testing and analysis from proposal 25.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Communication with team members, sponsors, and advisors 30%

Written progress reports 20%

Proposal presentation 10%

Final proposal 40%


Title Author

None






A123














Additional Notes or Comments Contribution to ABET l, m, and n is dependent on the nature of the project.


A124

WE Elective Syllabi - Semester

A125

WELDENG 4003 (Approved): Principles of Welding Process Control

Course Description Study of principles and practical application of control systems and control elements of welding processes.


Transcript Abbreviation: Prn Weld Pro Cntrl Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Greater or equal to 50% at a distance Course Levels: Undergrad Student

Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course:


14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by

Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 605. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

To provide a rudimentary understanding of welding as a process

To provide an acquaintance with the various technologies used to implement industrial process controls

A126

Course Topics


Introduction to welding processes & control 7.0 3.0

Relay logic controls 5.0 6.0

Servo motors 4.0 3.0

Programmable logic controls 7.0 6.0

Sensors 6.0

Computer data acquisition 6.0 3.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT 1 35%

HW 15%

Labs 15%

Final 35%


Title Author

WELDENG 4003 Lecture Notes Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.



*** a An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering. *** b An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data. *** c An ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs.

d An ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams. ** e An ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.





j A knowledge of contemporary issues. ** k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for



A127





A128

WELDENG 4012 (Approved): Resistance Welding Processes Course Description This course addresses the fundamentals, theory, and application of Resistance Welding processes, with

emphasis on processes, equipment, materials, and quality control.


Transcript Abbreviation: Res Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:



Offerings: Autumn Flex

Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency: Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Open to WE or MSE majors only or with permission of instructor. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 602 or WE 702. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Develop an understanding of the theories and fundamentals of Resistance Welding processes.

Understanding of Resistance Welding equipment details including power supplies and tooling.

A129

Understanding of methods for quality control and mechanical testing of Resistance Welds.

Understanding of the Resistance Welding of important structural materials including carbon and low alloy steels, stainless steels, aluminum, and titanium.

Understanding of the Resistance Welding of coated steels including galvanized, aluminized, tin coated, and terne coated

steels.

Course Topics


Resistance Welding fundamentals. 10.0

Resistance Welding equipment, tooling and power

supplies.

4.0

Resistance Welding of materials. 5.0

Resistance Welding of coated steels. 5.0

Resistance Welding quality, quality control, and testing. 4.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Exam #1 30% Exam #2 30% Final exam 40%


Title Author

4012 Class Notes Dickinson, Phillips














A130






Prepared by: David Phillips

A131

WELDENG 4021 (Approved): Solid-State Welding - Joining Course Description The welding and Joining of materials in the solid state with emphasis on physical processes and metallurgical

principles

Prior Course Number: WE701

Transcript Abbreviation: SS Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:



Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:

Every Year Course Length:

14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 6.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 601 or 4001 and 612 or 4102, or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 701. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

To expand the students understanding of solid state welding process through exploration of processes and scientific and engineering principles that govern the processes, as well as, fundamental mechanisms

A132

Course Topics


Mechanisms of Solid State Welding I 4.0


Thermo-mechanical Processing of Metals and Alloys

(Low to High Strain Rates)

2.5

Cold and Pressure Welding 2.5 Roll Bonding 2.5 Flash Butt Welding 2.5 Friction Welding 3.5 Friction Stir Welding 4.5 Ultrasonic Welding 3.0 Explosive (Impact) Welding 3.0 Magnetic Pulse (Impact) Welding 2.0 Deformation / Resistance Welding 2.0 Material Changes during Solid-State Joining and Its

Impact 2.0

Diffusion Based Joining Processes (includes transient liquid phase bonding)

4.0

Meso-, Micro- and Nano-Scale Welding 2.0 Computational Tools for Solid-State Joining 2.0


Homework problems are assigned based on the class notes, research papers and text books

Some assignments may involve use of the computational tools for describing solid-state joining

Grades

Aspect Percent

Home Works 15%

Proposal / Presentation 25%

Mid Term 25%

Final Exam 35%


Title Author

Class Notes and Research Papers to be provided during the class

ASM ans AWS Handbooks on Welding


A133








** g An ability to communicate effectively.











Additional Notes or Comments

Solid-State Joining Process Literature is Expanding at Rapid Scale; We

need 3 credit hours to do the justice to the field.


A134

WELDENG 4023 (Approved): Brazing and Soldering Course Description Brazing and soldering processes with emphasis on physical and metallurgical principles, materials, design and

application considerations.


Transcript Abbreviation: Brazing&Soldering Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:




14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by






Programs



General Information

This course is a technical elective in the Welding Engineering UG degree program. It describes the basic processes and physical metallurgy principles of Brazing and Soldering. Three laboratory exercises (a total of nine hours) are incorporated in the course.

A135

Course Goals

Describe the basic principles of brazing and soldering processes, and of microstructure, properties, quality, and reliability of brazed and soldered joints. Provide specific knowledge about brazing and soldering of metals, ceramics, and composites.

Provide basic understanding of surface energy, wetting, and capillary flow in brazing and soldering. Interaction of solid and liquid metals, solidification, diffusion, phase transformations. Formation of oxides, carbides, nitrides and intermetalics. Provide basic knowledge about the brazing and soldering filler metals and fluxes, their composition, properties, application, compatibility to base metals, selection, and classification. Describe the basic principles and considerations in the design and strength of brazed and soldered joints, including joint geometry and gaps, strenght calculation, thermal expansion mismatch, stress concentration, testing, and quality control. Provide basic knowledge about the inspection and quality control of brazed and soldered joints, and about the safety considerations in brazing and soldering.

Course Topics


Introduction, definitions, and general characterization of brazing and soldering

3.0

Physical and metallurgical phenomena in brazing and soldering

6.0

Wetting and capillary flow of brazing and soldering filler metals

7.0

Brazing and soldering processes 7.0

Brazing and soldering filler metals and fluxes 3.0

Base materials and brazeability, brazing and soldering of metals and metallic alloys.

6.0

Effect of preplacing of brazing and soldering filler metals on filling the joint gap and joint quality.

7.0

Brazing and soldering of non-metallic materials. 2.0

Design and strength of brazed and soldered joints. 5.0

Inspection of brazed and soldered joints. 2.0

Microstructure characterization and defects in brazed and soldered joints.

7.0

Safety considerations in Brazing and soldering 1.0


Lab reports on: 1. Wetting and capillary flow of brazing and soldering filler metals 2. Effect of preplacing of brazing and soldering filler metals on filling the joint gap and joint quality. 3. Microstructure characterization and defects in brazed and soldered joints.

Grades

A136

Aspect Percent

Lab reports 15% Exam 1 25% Exam 2 25% Final Exam 35%


Title Author

Lecture Notes A. Shapiro, A. Rbinkin, B. Alexandrov, M. Lucas, P. Ditzel, Y. Flom

Title Author

Brazing Handbook AWS

Soldering Handbook AWS



















A137

WELDENG 4024 (Approved): High Energy Density Welding

Processes Course Description Theory and practice of laser, electron beam, and other high energy density welding processes.


Transcript Abbreviation: HED Weld Proc Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:


Undergrad Student Ranks: Senior Course Offerings: Autumn Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:


14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component:

Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 500 or 4001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 704. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Understand how the physical laws affect the design and operation of electron beam and laser material processes and processing systems.

A138

Course Topics


Electron beam welding systems 6.0


Electron beam welding processes 2.0

Lasers and systems 14.0

Optics 2.0

Laser beam welding process 2.0

laser cutting and drilling processes 2.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT 1 25%

MT 2 25%

HW 15%

Final exam 35%


Title Author

Lecture Notes High Energy Density Welding Processes and Systems Albright, C.E., Farson, D.F.

Laser Material Processing Steen, W.M.












j A knowledge of contemporary issues. * k An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for


A139







A140

WELDENG 4025 (Approved): Robotic Welding Systems Course Description Theory, methods, economics and applications of robotic welding systems and processes.


Transcript Abbreviation: Robot Wld Syst Des Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:


Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:


14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 705. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Understand the basics of robotic welding systems design including manipulator kinematics, actuators and control.

Understand cost/benefit analysis of robotic welding systems

Understand the principles of robotic welding cell design including part motion, fixtures and tooling and operator safety.

A141

Course Topics


Economic justification 5.0


Robot systems 3.0

Welding robot cell design 3.0

Part motion 3.0

Robot safety 3.0

Welding robotic system accessories 2.0

Tooling and fixturing for robotic welding 4.0

Motors and servo systems 3.0

Feedback control 3.0

Arm manipulator kinematics 3.0

Process control 3.0

Robotic system coordinates 4.5

Robot system programming by pendant 6.0

Coordinated motion 6.0

Welding robot systems torch definition 4.5

Grades

Aspect Percent

MT exam 20%

HW, quizzes 50%

Final exam 30%


Title Author

Class notes Richardson, R.W., Farson, D.F.








A142













A143

WELDENG 4302 (Approved): Industrial Radiography Course Description Basic elements of industrial radiography, characterization of a radiographic system as a linear system, quality

of radiographs, real-time radiography, microradiography, and computerized tomography.


Transcript Abbreviation: Radiography Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:



Even Years Course Length:

14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 635. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of radiography.

A144

Learn generation of X-ray and interaction of ionizing radiation with materials.

Learn to select parameters to optimize image quality.

Learn fundamentals of real-time radiography, microradiography and computerized tomography.

Obtain some basic laboratory experience with radiographic testing.

Course Topics


Introduction to course. 1.5

Generation of X-ray. 1.5

The effect of changing mA and kV on the X-ray

spectrum.

3.5

Interaction of X-rays with materials. 4.0

Image formation and X-rays Films. Film characteristic curves and contrast sensitivity measurement.

3.0

Selection of Exposure Parameters. Film radiography laboratory.

4.0 3.0

Factors Affecting Quality of Radiographs. Inspection of welds laboratory.

1.0 3.0

Real-time radiography. Evaluation of radiographic systems.

3.0

Homework siposia presentations and practical examples. 5.0 6.0

Modeling a radiographic system as a linear system. 4.0

Real-time radiography. Radiographyc laboratory.

1.5 3.0

Microradiography. 2.0

Introduction to computerized tomography. 1.0 3.0

Computerized tomography. 3.0


Homework problem assignment

Grades

Aspect Percent

Homework 33%

Laboratory 33%

Final 34%


A145

Title Author






















A146

WELDENG 4303 (Approved): Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing Course Description Principles of ultrasonic wave generation, interaction of ultrasonic waves with material structures with emphasis

on characterization of material properties, quantitative ultrasonic evaluation of material discontinuities.


Transcript Abbreviation: Ultrasonic NDT Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:



Odd Years Course Length:

14 Week Credits: 3.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.5 hr Lec, 1.5 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 5.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: senior standing or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 732. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

A147

Achieve basic understanding of main concepts and aims of ultrasonic NDT.

Learn theoretical principles of ultrasonic methods and their capabilities and limitations.

Learn ultrasonic wave interaction with interfaces between materials and ultrasonic spectroscopic methods.

Learn applications of ultrasonics for material characterization.

Obtain some basic laboratory experience with ultrasonic testing.

Course Topics


Introduction to course. 1.5 Vibrations and ultrasonic waves. 1.5 Physical principles and interaction with interface between materials.

3.5

Oblique incidence of ultrasonic wave on liquid solid

interface. 4.0

Ultrasonic transducers. Radiation field of ultrasonic transducer.

3.0

Measurements of velocity and attenuation. Ultrasonic laboratory.

3.0 3.0

Ultrasonic spectroscopy. Sepectroscopic evaluation of adhesive joints laboratory.

2.0 3.0

Ultrasonic evaluation of joints. 3.0 Homework siposia presentations and practical examples. 5.0 6.0 Modeling of ultrasonic systems as a linear system. 4.0 Ultrasonic scattering. Ultrasonic laboratory.

1.5 3.0

Ultrasonic scattering in polycrystalline materials. 2.0 Reflection from defects. 1.0 3.0

Ultrasonic NDT and damage tolerance concept. 3.0


Homework problem assignment

Grades

Aspect Percent

Homework 33%

Laboratory 33%

Final 34%


A148

Title Author






















A149

WELDENG 4540 (Approved): Welding Production Course Description This course addresses the industrial engineering aspects of welding engineering. This includes process

selection, manufacturing floor layout, economics, quality assurance, and personnel issues.


Transcript Abbreviation: Weld Prod Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:

Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks:

Junior, Senior Course

Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course:

Never Course Frequency:

Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by






Programs



Course Goals

Present basic knowledge of the management of a welding manufacturing facility

Establish comprehension and application of management techniques within a technological company for efficient facility management, project management, personnel management, and quality assurance.

A150

Provide simulated management experience through the use of team-based case studies.

Course Topics


Plant layout-fundamental and optimization 4.0

Equipment needs and selection 4.0

Time studies-optimization 4.0

Quality control and quality assurance 6.0

Management and leadership skills 2.0

Motivational techniques 1.0

Professional ethics 1.0

Case studies 6.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Midterm 1 20%

Midterm 2 20%

Case Studies 20%

Final Exam 40%


Title Author

Course Notes














A151








A152

WELDENG 4595 (Approved): Topics in Welding Engineering Course Description Theory and application of novel and hybrid welding processes.


Transcript Abbreviation: Topics Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries: Classroom Course Levels:


Senior Course Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:


14 Week Credits: 2.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 2.0 hr Lec Expected out-of-class hours per week: 4.0 Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 601 or 4002 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 695, "Theory and Application of Novel and Hybrid Welding Processes". Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Goals

Understanding of the novel and hybrid welding processes being developed by industry and research organizations

A153

Understanding of the theory behind novel and hybrid welding processes, and possible industrial applications

Course Topics


Novel and hybrid welding process details and equipment 14.0


Novel and hybrid welding process theories and industrial

applications

14.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Midterm #1 30%

Midterm #2 30%

Participation in brainstorming and discussion boards 20%

Proposal 20%



















Prepared by: David Phillips

A154

WELDENG 4606 (Approved): Welding Robot Programming and

Operations

Course Description Laboratory experience programming and operation of robotic welding systems


Transcript Abbreviation: Wldng Robot Prg Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:



Offerings: Spring Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:


14 Week Credits: 1.0 Repeatable: No Time Distribution: 3.0 hr Lab Expected out-of-class hours per week: 0.0 Graded Component:

Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: 300 or 3001 or permission of instructor. Open to WE or MSE majors only. Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for WE 656. Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Topics

A155


Introduction to robotics Welding robot programming 17.0

Welding robot programming 25.0

Grades

Aspect Percent

Completion of robot programming exercises 100%
















l an ability to select and design welding materials, processes and inspection techniques based on application, fabrication and service conditions




A156

WELDENG 4998 (Approved): Undergraduate Research in Welding

Engineering

Course Description Opportunity for supervised undergraduate research in Welding Engineering.


Transcript Abbreviation: Ugd Res Weld Eng Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:


Undergrad Student Ranks: Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring, May Flex Scheduled Course: Never Course Frequency:

Every Year Course Length: 14 Week Credits: 1.0 - 3.0 Repeatable: Yes Maximum Repeatable Credits: 6.0 Total Completions Allowed: 6 Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No Graded Component: Lecture Credit by Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Exclusions: Cross-Listings:





Programs



Course Topics

A157


Supervised undergraduate research on various topics.



















Additional Notes or Comments Contributions to ABET-EAC Outcomes l, m, and n depend on the specific research

project.


A158

WELDENG 4999H (Approved): Undergraduate Honors Research in

Welding Engineering Course Description Honor program students are offered the opportunity for supervised undergraduate research in Welding

Engineering. Student presentation and thesis writing included.

Prior Course Number: H783

Transcript Abbreviation: Ugd Honor Res WE Grading Plan: Letter Grade Course Deliveries:

Classroom Course Levels: Undergrad Student Ranks: Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior Course Offerings: Autumn, Spring, May Flex Scheduled Course:


14 Week Credits: 1.0 - 3.0 Repeatable: Yes Maximum Repeatable Credits: 6.0 Total Completions Allowed: 6 Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No Graded Component: Lecture Credit by

Examination: No Admission Condition: No Off Campus: Never Campus Locations: Columbus Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Students must have a GPA of 3.4 or higher and permission of instructor. Exclusions: Cross-Listings:





Programs



A159

Course Topics


Supervised undergraduate research on various topics. Student presentation and thesis writing included.









** g An ability to communicate effectively.










Additional Notes or Comments Contributions to ABET-EAC Outcomes l, m, and n depend on the specific research

project.


A160

Non-WE required syllabi - Semester

A161

CHEM 1250 (PENDING)

General Chemistry for Engineers

Course Description

First course for engineering majors, covering dimensional analysis, atomic and molecular structure, the mole,

stoichiometry, chemical reactions, states of matter, solutions, kinetics, equilibrium, acids & bases,

thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.

Transcript Abbreviation: Gen Chem Engineers

Grading Plan: Letter Grade

Distance Education: No

Course Deliveries:

100% at a distance No

Greater or equal to 50% at a distance No

Less than 50% at a distance No

Course Levels: Undergrad

Student Ranks:

Freshman Yes

Sophomore Yes

Junior Yes

Senior Yes

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No

Flex Scheduled Course: Never

Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes

12 Week (May + Summer) No

7 Week Yes

4 Week (May Session) No

Credits: 4.0

Repeatable: No

Allow Multiple Enrollments in Term: No

Graded Component: Laboratory

Components: Lecture

Laboratory

A162

Credit by Examination: Yes

EM Tests via Office of Testing

International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement Program

Admission Condition: Yes

Natural Science

Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima Yes

Mansfield Yes

Marion Yes

Newark Yes

Wooster Yes

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: One unit of high school chemistry and eligibility to enroll in Math 1150.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Chemistry 1210, 1610 or 1910H.

A163

CSE 1221 (PENDING)

Introduction to Computer Programming in MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists

Course Description

Introduction to computer programming and problem solving techniques with applications in engineering and the

physical sciences; algorithm development; programming lab experience.

Transcript Abbreviation: Prgrmng MATLAB



Course Deliveries:





Student Ranks:

Freshman Yes

Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 2.0

Repeatable: No


Graded Component: Lecture

Components: Lecture

Laboratory


Departmental Exams

Admission Condition: No

Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

A164

Newark No

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: ENGINEER 1181 or ENGINEER 1281; or Math 151 and Phys 131.

Exclusions: CSE 205

Cross-Listings: ENGINEER 1221

The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No

The course is a GEC No

The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units Yes



Course Goals Be competent with writing simple MATLAB programs performing numerical calculations

Be competent with use of basic constructs provided by high-level imperative programming languages: sequencing,

selection, and iteration

Be familiar with algorithmic thinking

Be familiar with use of computational approaches to solving problems in science and engineering

Be familiar with using basic data structures such as arrays

Be familiar with procedural composition

Be exposed to computational science concepts, including simulation, optimization, and data analysis

Course Topics Introduction to computation, concept of algorithm

Variables, expressions and assignment

Selection statements: if, switch

Booleans, strings

Matrices and indexing

Loops: for and while; use of arrays

Graphing, input/output with files, scripts

Functions

Higher order operators on matrices

Review/exams

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1435

Created By: Rowland,Shaun M

Created Date: 2011-02-25 10:32:23 -0500

Status: PENDING

Updated By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin

Updated Date: 2011-03-11 11:22:43 -0500

A165

ECE 2300 (PENDING)

Electrical Circuits and Electronic Devices

Course Description

Introduction to circuit analysis; circuit analysis concepts and mechanical systems analogies; theory and

applications of electronic devices; operational amplifiers; electrical instruments and measurements.

Transcript Abbreviation: ElecCirc&ElctrnDev



Course Deliveries:





Student Ranks:

Freshman No

Sophomore Yes

Junior Yes

Senior Yes

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 3.0

Repeatable: No



Components: Laboratory

Lecture

Recitation

Credit by Examination: No


Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield No

A166

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 132 or Physics 1132, Math 254 or Math 1152 or Math 1172,

minimum CPHR of 2.00, and in Eng college.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ECE 300, 320, or 309; not open to Electrical and Computer

Engineering majors.

Cross-Listings:






Course Goals

Students learn the basic laws of circuit theory

Students learn to analyze simple resistive or dc circuits

Students learn to analyze simple sinusoidal RLC circuits, including frequency domain

concepts and filters

Students learn the fundamentals of AC power circuits including the distinction between

three-phase and residential power wiring and distribution

Students learn to analyze basic ideal operational amplifier circuits

Students learn basic elements of electronic circuits including diodes and their application in

rectifiers and snubbers, and transistors and their applications in amplifiers and as switches

Students learn the basics of interfacing and control output for electronic instrumentation and

measurements

Course Topics

Fundamentals of electric circuits: Kirchhoff?s current & voltage laws, power & sign

conventions, Ohm?s law, practical sources & measuring devices

Resistive network analysis: node voltage analysis,mesh current analysis, superposition &

Thevenin equivalent, loading

AC network analysis: capacitors and inductors, sinusoids and sinusoidal response; phasor

analysis of sinusoidal circuits

Transient analysis with emphasis on 1st order circuits and brief overview of 2nd order

circuits

A167

Sinusoidal frequency response of RLC circuits, filter circuits

Power in AC circuits, complex power, transformers, three-phase power, residential wiring &

power distribution

Ideal op-amps, basic op-amp circuits

Diodes: ideal diode model and constant-voltage-drop circuit models, applications in rectifiers

and for snubbers

Bipolar junction transistors: operations, circuit models and applications

Field-effect transistors: operations, circuit models and applications

Electronic instrumentation and measurements: sensor interfacing, control output, embedded

computing systems

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1445


Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:26 -0400

Status: PENDING


Updated Date: 2011-05-17 08:51:15 -0400

Version: 4

Cross-Listings:


The course is a GEC Yes




Course Goals

Courses in natural sciences foster an understanding of the principles, theories, and methods of modern science,

the relationship between science and technology, and the effects of science and technology on the environment.

Course Topics

Dimensional analysis, atomic and molecular structure, the mole, stoichiometry, chemical reactions, states of

matter, kinetics, equilibrium, acids & bases, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry.

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ASC

ACAD ORG: D0628

Created By: Hadad,Christopher Martin

A168

Created Date: 2011-03-22 06:29:34 -0400

Status: PENDING

Updated By: Meyers,Catherine Anne

Updated Date: 2011-04-13 05:22:35 -0400

Version: 10

A169

ENGINEER 1181.02 (PENDING)

Fundamentals of Engineering 1 - Scholars

Course Description

Engineering problem solving utilizing computational tools such as Excel and Matlab; hands-on

experimentation; modeling; ethics; teamwork; written, oral and visual communications.

Transcript Abbreviation: Fund Engr 1 - Schl



Course Deliveries:




Course Levels:


Freshman Yes

Sophomore No

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 2.0

Repeatable: No



A170

Components:

Lecture

Laboratory



Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield Yes

Marion No

Newark Yes

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq or concur: Replacement for Math 150 or higher and Scholar Status

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ENG 183.01 or ENG 183.02

Cross-Listings:

The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes


The course is an elective (for this or other units) or is a service course for other units No



Course Goals

1. Students will develop professional skills for success in engineering, including teamwork; written, oral,

and visual communications; and ethics.

2. Students will understand basic elements for engineering problem solving utilizing tools such as Excel

and Matlab.

3. Students will have an introductory knowledge of a wide range of fundamental engineering tasks and

principles gained through homework and hands-on laboratory exercises.

4. Students will be motivated towards opportunities within engineering careers and gain an appreciation of

the range of engineering disciplines available to them.

Course Topics

1. Course introduction and overview

2. Teamwork fundamentals and agreements

3. Problem solving fundamentals -- Problem types, systems descriptions, SI units, significant digits,

understanding analsyis vs design

4. Using spreadsheets for problem solving -- Excel spreadsheet structure; equations, operators, array

elements; models and systems; mathematical models; plots and charts

A171

5. Ethics for engineers

6. Using MATLAB for problem solving -- MATLAB tool/environment; command mode; script files,

arrays, and strings; problem solving structure for MATLAB, algorithms, statements and functions; input,

output, plotting; systems and mathematical models

7. Series of laboratory exercises will draw from a wide range of engineering domains - Fundamental

engineering concepts; hands-on measurement and instrumentation; collection and analysis of data;

reporting of results; modeling

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1400

Status: PENDING


Updated Date: 2011-05-10 06:58:20 -0400

A172

ENGINEER 1182.01 (PENDING)

Fundamentals of Engineering 2

Course Description

Introduction to 3D visualization and CAD; engineering design-build process; teamwork; written, oral and visual

communications; project management.

Transcript Abbreviation: Fund Engr 2



Course Deliveries:




Course Levels:

Freshman Yes

Sophomore No

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 2.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture

Laboratory


A173


Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield Yes

Marion No

Newark Yes

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: ENGR 1181.01 or 1181.02 or ENGR 1281.01H or 1281.02H or 1281.03H;

Concurrent Math (Equiv 151) or higher

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for ENG 181.01 or ENG 181.02

Cross-Listings:






Course Goals

Students will understand and gain experience with the elements of engineering design

Students will be able to visualize and present objects and systems in three-dimensions

Student will have a basic proficiency with a modern CAD tool (Autodesk Inventor)

Students will develop professional skills for success in engineering, including teamwork and written, oral, and

visual communications

Students will have an introductory level knowledge of project management (e.g. scheduling, budgeting,

reporting)

Students will complete a term-length, design-build project which serves as a cornerstone experience.

Project is to reinforce use of numerical problem solving, engineering documentation, graphics and visualization

and teamwork skills.

Course Topics

Introduction to Course and Overview

Engineering Design Process Fundamentals

Project Management

Visualization of 3-D Objects (Sketching, Pictorials, & Orthographics)

Construction of 3-D Objects with CAD

Standard Views and Presentations of Objects

Assembly and Presentation of Systems

Conventions and Standards (Dimensioning, Tolerance, Sections)

Design/Build Project Preparation Exercises

A174

Design/Build Project(Project to make use of both Problem Solving and CAD knowledge)

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1400

Status: PENDING

Update By: McCaul Jr,Edward Baldwin

Updated Date: 2011-05-10 06:36:24 -0400

A175

ISE 2040 (PENDING)

Engineering Economics

Course Description

Economic analysis of engineering project alternatives. Cash flow modeling; time value of money;techniques for

comparing projects;influence of taxes, depreciation, and inflation.

Transcript Abbreviation: Eng Econ



Course Deliveries:




Course Levels:Undergrad

Student Ranks:

Freshman No

Sophomore No

Junior Yes

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 2.0

Repeatable: No



Components: Lecture



Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Sophomore standing in engineering.

A176

Exclusions: Not available to students who have previously taken ISE 504 or IND ENG 504.

Cross-Listings:




Subjct/CIP Code: 14.35


Course Goals

Be able to model descriptions of engineering projects as discrete cash flows

Understand the concept of 'minimal acceptable rate of return' (MARR), how it is used, and what factors

influence it

Be able to use present worth, future worth, rate of return, simple payback period, discounted payback period,

and break-even analysis to evaluate, compare, and rank engineering projects

Understand the advantages, disadvantages, and pitfalls associated with each of the analysis methods above,

interpret the results from these methods, and understand the interrelations among the methods

Be able to include the effects of depreciation, taxes, and inflation in the analysis of engineering projects

Be able to use sensitivity analysis to evaluate projects with uncertain cash flows

Course Topics

Introduction to engineering economics

Equivalence and equivalence calculations using MS Excel

Interest rates

Worth analysis

Rate of return analysis

Payback period and budgeting

Break even analysis, sensitivity analysis

Depreciation

After-tax analysis

Inflation

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1457

Status: PENDING

Updated By: Soave,Melissa A

Updated Date: 2011-06-08 07:40:04 -0400

Version: 5

A177

ISE 4500 (PENDING)

Manufacturing Process Engineering

Course Description

A thorough quantitative understanding of contemporary manufacturing processes; exposure to laboratory

exercises and computer simulations in major manufacturing processes; design for manufacturing and assembly.

Transcript Abbreviation: Mfg Proc Eng



Course Deliveries: 100% at a distance No




Student Ranks: Freshman No

Sophomore No

Junior No

Senior Yes

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths: 14 Week Yes


7 Week No


Credits: 3.0

Repeatable: No



Components: Lecture

Laboratory



Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations: Columbus Yes

Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

A178

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prerequisites: Mech Eng 420, and Mech Eng 561 or equivalent. Prerequisite

or co-requisite: Mech Eng 510 or equivalent.

Exclusions: Not open to students with prior credit for ISE 350 or IND ENG 311

Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors No





Course Goals

Be able to identify viable production processes to create a discrete finished part from a given raw material

Be able to design the critical parameters of basic manufacturing processes, analyze their magnitude,

and predict their influence on process functions

Be able to determine the tooling and equipment requirements for common transformation and

Course Topics

Material

Solidification

Solidification

Deformation

Material

Additive

Design

Joining

Measurement

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1457


Created Date: 2011-05-11 17:20:56 -0400

Status: PENDING

Updated By: Soave,Melissa A

Updated Date: 2011-06-08 08:35:32 -0400

Version: 5

A179

MATSCEN 2010 (NEW)

Introduction to Engineering Materials

Course Description

Introduction to the properties (mechanical, electrical, thermal, diffusive, degradative, magnetic, optical),

structure, and processing of engineering materials, including ceramic, metals, polymers, biological, and

composite materials.

Transcript Abbreviation: Intro Engin Mater






Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 3.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

A180

Newark No

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Physics 1250 or 1260; Calculus I; General Chemistry I or Chemistry for

Engineers; or permission of instructor

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for MSE205

Cross-Listings:






Course Goals

Define engineering material properties and their range of values.

Demonstrate the relation between material properties and underlying structure and atomic bonding.

Demonstrate how structure can be manipulated via thermal and mechanical processing.

Provide examples of how materials selection can enable improved performance in engineering applications (e.g.,

structural, thermal, electrical, optical, magnetic).

Course Topics

Inter-relation between properties, structure, and processing

Electronic structure, bonding, and properties that are inferred from these features

Structures of metals, ceramics, and polymers

Imperfections in solids

Diffusion in solids

Mechanical properties: ceramics, metals, and polymers

Strategies to strengthen materials

Mechanical failure: ceramics, metals, and polymers

Thermal properties: ceramics, metals, and polymers

Composite materials: thermal and mechanical response

Hard and soft tissue: structure and mechanical response

A181

Electrical properties: metals, insulators, and semiconductors

Magnetic materials

Optical properties

Corrosion and degradation

Phase diagrams

Phase transformations

Synthesis, fabrication, and processing of materials

Case studies involving materials selection in engineering applications: structural, electrical,

thermal, biological, magnetic, optical

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1468


Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

Status: NEW

Updated By: Rowland,Shaun M

Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

A182

MATSCEN 2251 (NEW)

Thermodynamics of Materials

Course Description

To provide students with fundamental basis of three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibria, reaction

equilibria, solution theory, phase diagrams and electrochemistry.

Transcript Abbreviation: Thermodynamics






Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 3.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

A183

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2010; Calculus I; Physics 1250 or 1260; General Chemistry I or

Chemistry for Engineers; or permission of instructor

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for BOTH MSE 401 and MSE 525

Cross-Listings: The course is required for this unit's degrees, majors, and/or minors Yes





Course Goals

Students will learn basic concepts related to three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibria, reaction equilibria, solution

theory, phase diagrams and electrochemistry.

Students will learn to calculate a wide range of thermodynamic properties from a limted number of experimental data.

Students will learn how to determine stability of materials under a given condition.

Students will learn how to determine what reactions will or will not occur under a specified condition.

Course Topics

Introduction: criterion for stability of materials, basic concepts, definition of processes and systems

First Law and its applications

Enthalpy and Heat capacity

Calculation of enthalpy changes

Entropy and the Second law

Calculation of entropy changes

Second law and free energy

Stability diagrams and stability boundaries

Thermodynamics of mixing and solution thermodynamics

Phase diagrams including ternary and alloy phase diagrams

Reaction equilibria

Thermodynamics of electrochemistry

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1468


A184

Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

Version: 0

A185

MATSCEN 3141 (NEW)

Transfomation and Processing of Materials

Course Description

Introduction to transformations, and the relationship between microstructure, properties, and processing in

metals, ceramics, semiconductors, and polymers.

Transcript Abbreviation: Trans Proc Mats


Distance Education: Yes



Less than 50% at a distance Yes


Graduate

Dentistry

Medicine


Sophomore No

Junior Yes

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 3.0

Repeatable: No



Components: Lecture



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

A186

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2251, MSE 2241 (or equivalent), or permission of instructor

Exclusions: Not open to graduate students in MSE or WE






Course Goals

To provide students with a detailed understanding of the phenomena, principles, and mechanisms that govern transformations in materials.

To be able to apply the basic concepts of thermodynamics and kinetics in determining the driving forces and mechanisms of microstructural transformations.

To understand the basic kinetics and morphology of nucleation and growth processes in solids.

To be able to apply the concepts of transformation kinetics to the understanding and control of microstructure-property relationships in materials.

To be able to find, interpret, and use materials properties in computational models of transformation kinetics.

Course Topics

Introduction to transformations ? microstructures and mechanisms

Thermodynamics and phase diagrams - chemical potential, binary free energy and phase diagrams

Phase diagrams and their relationship to kinetics of transformations

The nature and types of equilibrium, and the driving force for a reaction

Basics of diffusion ? atomic mechanisms, Fick?s laws

Surfaces, interfaces and microstructure ? interfacial energy and shape, the nature of interfaces,

Gibbs-Thompson equation

Solidification and microstructure ? homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation and growth kinetics

of solids from liquids

Diffusional transformations in solids ? nucleation, growth, and precipitation in solid-solid systems

Processing of defective microstructures ? crystallization of amorphous solids, recrystallization,

sintering of powders

A187

Precipitation kinetics ? Avrami equation, TTT and CCT curves

Diffusionless transformations ? the martensite transformation

Decomposition of martensite, and the shape memory effect

Gas-solid reactions ? CVD and PVD, epitaxial growth and oxidation kinetics

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1468


Created Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:34 -0400

Version: 0

A188

MATSCEN 3331 (NEW)

Materials Science and Engineering Lab I

Course Description

Laboratory experiments related to materials processes, and properties. Introduction to experimental techniques

used in materials fields. Data analysis, presentation and technical writing skills.

Transcript Abbreviation: Mat Sc Eng Lab 1






Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore No

Junior Yes

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 2.0

Repeatable: No


Graded Component: Laboratory

Components:

Laboratory



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

A189

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: MSE 2331 or permission of instructor

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for BOTH MSE 581.01 and MSE 581.02






Course Goals

Ability to conduct simple experiments in materials synthesis, processing and process control.

Ability to conduct simple experiments in materials continuum property measurement.

Skills in reduction, analysis and presentation of redundant and less accurate data.

Computer data acquisition, analysis and process control.

Ability to write, clear, concise, complete and correct technical reports.

Building students' portfolio of important accomplishments.

Course Topics

Materials synthesis and processing.

Transport: modes, species, continuity. Solid state, and irreversible thermodynamics.

Process control for temperature, atmosphere, and vacuum.

LabVIEW instrumentation.

Continuum properties and their analysis in time and frequency domain.

Data reduction, derivations, error analysis and statistics.

Document formatting and processing.

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-04-29 16:20:35 -0400

Version: 0

A190

MATH 1151 (NEW)

Calculus 1

Course Description

Differential and integral calculus of one real variable.

Transcript Abbreviation: Calculus 1






Course Levels:

Undergrad

Student Ranks: Freshman Yes

Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No



12 Week (May + Summer) Yes

7 Week Yes


Credits: 5.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture

Recitation




Off Campus: Never


Lima Yes

Mansfield Yes

Marion Yes

Newark Yes

A191

Wooster Yes

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Math Placement Level 1 or L, or C- or better in: 1150, {1148 & 1149}, or

150.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for any higher numbered math class.






Course Topics

Limits, continuity, and derivatives; rate of change and slope; relation to increasing and decreasing functions.

Implicit differentiation and related rates.

Extrema of functions, second derivatives and concavity, applications.

Antiderivatives, inde?nite integrals, integration by substitution.

De?nite integrals, Riemann sums, areas, Fundamental Theorem.

ECA Request

ACAD Group: MPS

ACAD ORG: D0671

Created By: Shapiro,Daniel B

Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400

Status: NEW

Updated By: Shapiro,Daniel B

Updated Date: 2011-04-15 14:53:14 -0400

A192

MATH 1152 (NEW)

Calculus 2

Course Description

Integral calculus, sequences and series, parametric curves, polar coordinates, vectors.

Transcript Abbreviation: Calculus 2






Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 5.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture

Recitation




Off Campus: Never


Lima Yes

Mansfield Yes

Marion Yes

Newark Yes

A193

Wooster Yes

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: C- or better in 1151, 1156, 152.xx, or 161.xx; or P in 144 or 1144.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for any higher numbered math class, or with credit for quarter

math courses numbered 153 or higher.






Course Topics

De?nite and inde?nite integrals using standard techniques of integration.

Improper integrals; limits using L?H?opital?s rule.

Convergence of sequences and series of numbers. Various convergence tests.

Power series, Taylor series, error estimates for Taylor polynomials.

Parametric curves. Curves and areas in polar coordinates.

Optional topic: Vectors, dot product, and cross product.

ECA Request

ACAD Group: MPS

ACAD ORG: D0671


Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-04-15 14:53:49 -0400

A194

MATH 2177 (NEW)

Mathematicsl Topics for Engineers

Course Description

Multiple integrals, line integrals; matrix algebra; linear (ordinary and partial) differential equations.

Transcript Abbreviation: Math Topics Eng








Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 4.0

Repeatable: No



Components: Lecture

Recitation



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

A195

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: C- or better in 1172 or 2153; or credit for 1544, or 154.

Exclusions:

Cross-Listings:






Course Topics

Multiple integrals, line integrals, applications.

Matrix theory, systems of linear equations, matrix operations.

Second order, constant coefficient, ordinary differential equations.

Fourier series and partial differential equations.

ECA Request

ACAD Group: MPS

ACAD ORG: D0671


Created Date: 2011-03-14 05:10:32 -0400

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-04-15 15:25:17 -0400

Version: 1

A196

MECHENG 2040 (NEW)

Statics and Introduction to Mechanics of Materials

Course Description

Vector concepts of static equilibrium, truss, frame and machine analysis. Stress and strain analysis of

deformable structural components; stress transformations; beam deflections; column buckling

Transcript Abbreviation: Statics Mech Matls






Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior Yes

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week No


Credits: 4.0

Repeatable: No



Components:

Lecture

Recitation



Off Campus: Never


Lima No

Mansfield No

Marion No

Newark No

Wooster No

A197

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: Prereq: Engineering 183 or 187 or 1182 or 1187 or H192 or 1282H; and

Physics 131 or 1250; and Math 254 or 1152 or 1172 or 2162

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for 420 or 2020

Cross-Listings:






Course Goals

A thorough understanding of the fundamental concepts of vector mechanics of bodies at rest (vectors, forces, couples,

moments, Newton's laws, free body and equilibrium analysis

Ability to determine reactions at the external supports of bodies in static equilibrium

Ability to analyze common engineering structures such as trusses, frames, and machines

Ability to determine geometric and inertial properties of solid bodies

Ability to use internal forces to model normal and shear stress distributions in frame and machine components under

various loadings including pure shear, axial, torsion, and bending loading.

Ability to relate stresses to strains and use published experimentally determined material properties such as Youngs

modulus and Poissons ratio.

Ability to analyze displacement or deflection and use constraints on deformation quantities to calculate forces on bodies

supported in a statically indeterminate manner.

Ability to transform stresses and strains between differently oriented coordinate systems.

Ability to size structural elements and determine allowable loads on components based on considerations of critical

values of stress and factors of safety.

Develop a systematic approach to solving problems, including careful sketching, precise mathematical notation, clear

presentation of solutions, and computer generated plotting of results.

Course Topics

2D and 3D Force Vectors and Particle Equilibrium

Moment due to a force, Couples, Force/Couple Systems

2D and 3D Rigid Body Equilibrium

A198

Centroids, Area Moments of Inertia and Distributed Loading (including transverse beam loading

and fluid statics)

Trusses, Frames and Machines

Internal Forces, Shear and Bending Moment Diagrams

Definition of Stress, Average Normal and Shear Stress, Allowable Stress and Factor of Safety

Deformation and Normal and Shear Strain

Mechanical Properties of Materials, Hooke's Law

Deformation of Axially Loaded Members (Statically Indeterminate and Thermal Deformation)

Torsion of Bars (Stress, Angle of Twist)

Bending Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams

Shear Stress in Transversely Loaded Beams

Combined Loading

Stress Concentrations

Standard Loading configurations

FEM Demo and results

Plane Stress Transformation

Plane Strain Transformation and Generalized Hooke's Law

Deflection of Transversely Loaded Beams

Buckling of Columns

ECA Request

ACAD Group: ENG

ACAD ORG: D1470


Created Date: 2011-05-22 22:07:11 -0400

Status: NEW


Updated Date: 2011-05-22 22:07:11 -0400

Version: 0

A199

PHYSICS 1250 (APPROVED)

Mechanics, Thermal Physics, Waves

Course Description

Calculus-based introduction to classical physics: Newton's laws, fluids, thermodynamics, waves; for students in

physical sciences, mathematics, and engineering.

Transcript Abbreviation: Mech,Thermo,Waves



Course Deliveries:




Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No




7 Week Yes


Credits: 5.0

Repeatable: No


Graded Component: Recitation

Components:

Laboratory

Lecture

Recitation


Advanced Placement Program

Departmental Exams


Natural Science

Off Campus: Never

Campus Locations:

A200

Columbus Yes

Lima Yes

Mansfield Yes

Marion Yes

Newark Yes

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: 1 entrance unit of physics or chem; Math 1151 co-req or higher or written

permission of instructor.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Physics 131






Course Topics

Newton's laws

Rotational motion

Linear and angular momentum

Energy

Conservation laws

Thermodynamics

Fluids, density and pressure

Waves and interference

ECA Request

ACAD Group: MPS

ACAD ORG: D0684

Created By: Hughes,Richard E

Created Date: 2010-10-07 12:37:29 -0400

Status: APPROVED

Updated By: Bour,Andrea S

Updated Date: 2011-05-03 13:27:05 -0400

Version: 16

A201

PHYSICS 1251 (APPROVED)

E&M, Optics, Modern Physics

Course Description

Calculus-based introduction to electricity and magnetism, simple optics, modern physics including special

relativity and quantum mechanics; for students in physical sciences, mathematics, engineering.

Transcript Abbreviation: Elec,Magn,Optic,QM



Course Deliveries:




Course Levels:

Undergrad


Sophomore Yes

Junior No

Senior No

Masters No

Doctoral No

Professional No


Course Lengths:

14 Week Yes


7 Week Yes


Credits: 5.0

Repeatable: No


Graded Component: Recitation

Components:

Laboratory

Lecture

Recitation


Departmental Exams


Natural Science

A202

Off Campus: Never


Lima Yes

Mansfield Yes

Marion Yes

Newark Yes

Wooster No

Prerequisites and Co-requisites: 131 or 1250 or 1260 or H1250; and Math 1251 or higher; or written

permission of instructor.

Exclusions: Not open to students with credit for Physics 132

Cross-Listings:






Course Topics

Electricity

Magnetism

Maxwell's equations

Simple optics

Special relativity

Quantum mechanics

ECA Request

ACAD Group: MPS

ACAD ORG: D0684

Created By: Hughes,Richard E

Created Date: 2010-10-07 12:37:29 -0400

Status: APPROVED

Updated By: Bour,Andrea S

Updated Date: 2011-05-04 07:23:14 -0400

Version: 15

B1

Appendix B – Faculty Vitae

Format

1. Name

2. Education – degree, discipline, institution, year

3. Academic experience – institution, rank, title (chair, coordinator, etc. if appropriate), when (ex. 1990-

1995), full time or part time

4. Non-academic experience – company or entity, title, brief description of position, when (ex. 1993-1999),

full time or part time

5. Certifications or professional registrations

6. Current membership in professional organizations

7. Honors and awards

8. Service activities (within and outside of the institution)

9. Most important publications and presentations from the past five years – title, co-authors if any, where

published and/or presented, date of publication or presentation

10. Most recent professional development activities

B2

Boian T. Alexandrov, Research Scientist

Education

B.S./M.S. Materials Engineering, Technical University of Sofia, Bulgaria, 1982

Ph.D. Welding Engineering, Technical University of Sofia, Bulgaria, 2001

Academic Experience

Assistant Professor / Senior Assistant Professor, Technical University of Sofia, 1985 - 2003

Associate Professor, Technical University of Sofia, January 2003 - September 2005

Visiting Faculty, OSU Welding Engineering Program, October 2003 - September 2004

Research Scientist, OSU Welding Engineering Program, January 2006 - Present

Non-Academic Experience

Engineer Designer / Research Associate, Analytic Ltd., Montana, Bulgaria, 1982 - 1985

Certifications and Professional Registrations

None.

Current Membership in Professional Organizations

American Welding Society (AWS)

American Society for Metals, International (ASM)

Bulgarian Welding Society (BWS)

Honors and Awards

2010 - International Metallographic Society and ASM International: 2010 International Metallographic

Contest - First Place in Scanning Electron Microscopy

2010 - International Metallographic Society and ASM International: 2010 International Metallographic

Contest - Third Place in Unique Techniques in Microscopy

Service Activities

Extramural

ASM International, Member of the Joining Technologies Committee, Symposium co-organizer: 2008 -

present

International Institute of Welding, Expert: Commission II ―Arc Welding and Filler Metals‖,

Commission IX ―Behavior of Materials Subjected to Welding‖, 2001 - present

International Institute of Welding, Representative of BWS at the General Assembly, and in

Commissions II and IX, 2001 - 2007

B3

International Institute of Welding / European Welding Federation / Bulgarian Welding Society,

Implementation of IIW / EWF Training and Qualification System, Establishment of Bulgarian National

Authorized Body and Authorized Training Bodies, 2001 - 2007

Bulgarian Welding Society, Coordinator International Relations, 2001 - 2007

Intramural

None

Significant Publications past five years

1. Alexandrov B.T., Hope A.T., Sowards J.W., Lippold J.C., and McCracken S.S, Weldability Studies of High-Cr, Ni-base Filler

Metals for Power Generation Applications, IIW Doc. IX-2313-09, accepted for publishing in Welding in the World, 2011.

2. Sowards J.W., Liang D., Alexandrov B.T., Frankel G.S., and J.C. Lippold, Solidification Behavior and Weldability of Dissimilar

Welds between a Cr-free, Ni-Cu Welding Consumable and Type 304L Austenitic Stainless Steel, accepted for publishing in

Metallurgical and Materials Transactions in 2010.

3. Liang D., Sowards J.W., Frankel G.S., Alexandrov B.T., and J.C. Lippold, Corrosion Resistance of Welds in Type 304l Stainless

Steel Made with a Nickel-copper-ruthenium Welding consumable" accepted for publishing in Corrosion Science, 2009.

4. Liang D., Sowards J.W., Frankel G.S., Alexandrov B.T., and J.C. Lippold, A Corrosion Study of Nickel-Copper and Nickel-

Copper-Palladium Welding Filler Metals, accepted for publishing in Materials and Corrosion, 2009.

5. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, In-Situ Determination of Phase Transformations and Structural Changes during Non-

equilibrium Material Processing, 1st International Workshop In-Situ Studies with Photons, Neutrons and Electrons Scattering,

BAM, Berlin, September 1 -2, 2009.

6. Siefert J., B. Alexandrov1, J. Lippold, J. Sanders, and J. Tanzosh, Examination of Phase Transformations during PWHT of Steel

P91, Safety and Reliability of Welded Components in Energy and Processing Industry, Proceedings, 61st IIW International

Conference, IIW, Graz, Austria, July 10-11, 2008, pp. 75 – 80.

7. Alexandrov B. T., J. C. Lippold, J.K. Tatman, and G.M. Murray, Non-equilibrium Phase Transformation Diagrams in

Engineering Alloys, 8th

International Trends in Welding Research Conference, Proceedings, ASM International, Pain Mountain,

GA, June 1- 6, 2008, pp. 467 - 476.

8. Alexandrov B. T., J. C. Lippold, and N. E. Nissley, Evaluation of Weld Solidification Cracking in Ni-Base Superalloys Using the

Cast Pin Tear Test, Proceedings, Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 2008 pp. 193 - 214.

9. Lippold J.C., J.W. Sowards, G.M. Murray, B.T. Alexandrov, and A.J. Ramirez, Weld Solidification Cracking in Solid-Solution

Strengthened Ni-base Filler Metals, Proceedings, Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 2008 pp. 147 -

170.

10. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, Single Sensor Differential Thermal Analysis of Phase Transformations and Structural

Changes during Welding and Postweld Heat Treatment, Welding in the World, Vol. 51, n° 11/12, 2007, pp. 48 – 59.

11. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, A New Methodology for Studying Phase Transformations in High Strength Steel Weld

Metal, Proceedings, 7th

International Trends in Welding Research Conference, ASM, May 16-20, 2005, pp. 975 - 980.

12. Alexandrov B. T. and J. C. Lippold, In-Situ Weld Metal Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagrams, Welding in the World,

Vol. 50, n° 9/10, 2006, pp. 65 – 74.

Professional development activities in the last five years.

Regular attendance at a range of professional meetings and conferences.

B4

SUDARSANAM SURESH BABU

Education:

Bachelor of Engineering Metallurgical Engineering,

PSG College of Technology, INDIA; 1986

Master of Technology Industrial Metallurgy – Welding,

Indian Institute of Technology, Madras, INDIA; 1988

Ph. D Materials Science & Metallurgy,

University of Cambridge, Cambridge, United Kingdom; 1992

Academic Experience:

2009- Welding Engineering Program, Materials Science & Engineering

The Ohio State University; Associate Professor with Tenure

2007- 2009 Welding Engineering Program, Integrated Systems Engineering,

The Ohio State University, Associate Professor with Tenure

1996-1997 University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN

Deputation to ORNL, Oak Ridge, TN, Research Professor

1993-1996 Pennsylvania State University, State College, PA

Deputation to ORNL, Oak Ridge, TN, Postdoctoral Researcher


2007 - Honorary distinguished scholar, Edison Welding Institute

2005-2007 Edison Welding Institute, Columbus, Ohio, USA, Technology Leader

1997-2005 Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, USA, Senior Research Staff

1992-1993 Institute of Materials Research, Sendai, Japan, Research Associate

Certification or Professional Registrations: None

Membership in Professional Societies:

American Welding Society, TMS; ASM International; and AAAS

Honors and Awards

Honors and Awards for Technical Leadership: Fellow of American Welding Society (2006); Lidstone Medal

2002 awarded by The Welding Institute for the person less than 40 years of age who have made the significant

contributions to the advancement of welding technology (2003); ASM-IIM India Visiting Lecture Award

(1997)

Honors and Awards for Research: Professor Masubuchi / MIT Award from AWS for advancing science and

technology of materials joining through research and development (1998); UT-Battelle Significant R&D

Accomplishment Award (2000)

Awards based on Publications: AWS - McKay-Helm Award (2009); AWS-William Spraragen award (2005);

AWS-Mc-Kay Helm Award (2002); Warren F. Savage Memorial Award (1998); Pfeil Medal for paper in

physical metallurgy published by Institute of Metals, London (1991)

B5

Service Activities

OSU Undergraduate and Graduate Teaching: Solid-State Joining WE701 course SEI: 5.0 (2009); Integrated

ThermoCalc®, DicTra® and JMatPro® software into WE694 course and also in various CAPSTONE projects;

WE694 (2009): SEI: 4.8 and 4.9; Introduced E-WeldPredictor® online calculations to WE611 welding

metallurgy course; WE 611 SEI Score: 4.9

OSU Science and Technology Initiatives: Director of NSF/IUCRC Center for Integrative Materials Joining

Science for Energy Applications in collaboration with Colorado School of Mines, Lehigh University and

University of Wisconsin (2009-); Associate director of Ohio Manufacturing Institute (2008-);

OSU Interdisciplinary Research: Team member on US-DOE-China Project on Clean Energy Research Center

on Clean Vehicle Collaboration; Team member on multiscale characterization of degradation in Li-Ion battery

degradation

OSU Undergraduate Student Mentoring: Academic advisor of AWS-Student Chapter, NASA - Moon buggy

Student Team and NASA- Microgravity student team

OSU Graduate students Mentored (including joint supervision): D. Schick (OSU), B. Narayanan (OSU), T.

Lolla (OSU), X. Yu (OSU), J. Caron (OSU), Y. Zhang (OSU), S. Nagpure (OSU), M. Gonser (OSU), Alpesh

Shukla (RPI/OSU, OH), Nathan Nissley (OSU, OH)

OSU Post doctoral Fellows Mentored in last 5 years: M. Sriram (OSU) and R. DeHoff (OSU)

Service to Professional Organizations: Member of the committee for Future of Materials Joining Symposium

organized by AWS and EWI; Co-editor of the ASM – Handbook on Welding and Joining (2008-); Active

membership on the ASM Alloy Phase Diagram Committee (2006-); Member of Phase Transformation

Committee (2009-);

Service to Research Journals: Board of Review for Metallurgical & Materials Transactions A, Science &

Technology of Welding and Joining, Welding in the World and Welding Journal

Leadership in Technical Community: Co-organizer of International Workshop on ―In-situ Scattering Studies

with Electrons, Photons and Neutrons,‖ and AWS A9 Committee Chairman on standards for Computational

Weld Mechanics (2008-);

Publications

Number of publications: 170 (105 journals and 65 conference); Number of presentations: 67

B6

Avraham Benatar Associate Professor , Welding Engineering Program

Department of Industrial, Systems, and Welding Engineering


Degrees

PhD, 1987 Mechanical Engineering, MIT

SM, 1983 Mechanical Engineering, MIT

SB, 1981 Mechanical Engineering, MIT

Years of Service at OSU

Assistant Professor, 6 years, 7/87-9/93

Associate Professor, 12 years, 10/93-present

Academic and Industrial Experience

10/93-present Associate Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU

9/98-8/99 Lady Davis Visiting Associate Professor, Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, Technion -

Israel Institute of Technology, Israel

7/87-9/93 Assistant Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU

2/81-6/87 Research Assistant, MIT/Industry Polymer Processing Program, MIT

9/79-5/80 Research Assistant, MIT Laboratory for Manufacturing and Productivity, MIT

Summer 79, 80 Junior Engineer, Hydromechanics Ocean Eng. Consulting

Summary Professional Accomplishments

14 Ph.D.dissertations (3 in progress) and 19 M.S. theses (2 in progress) advised, 2 postdoctoral researchers; 115 research

publications, over 50 technical presentations, 2 keynote lectures, awarded as PI or co-PI over $6 million in funding since

joining OSU in 1987, consultant for over 25 companies worldwide.

Consulting, Patents, and Professional Licenses

Consultant to numerous companies including Dupont, Eastman Kodak, Foster Miller, Ford, Branson Ultrasonics, Edison

Welding Institute, Visteon, Boston Scientific, GNB Incorporated, Geauga Company, Baxter Healthcare, Blackstone

Ultrasonics, and Kulicke & Soffa Industries Inc.

Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies

American Welding Society Society of Plastics Engineers

American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Engineering Education

American Society for Materials Society of Manufacturing Engineers

Principal Publications in the Last Five Years

A. Benatar, C. Bonten, D. Grewell, and C. Tuechert, Welding, Plastics Pocket Power Series, T. Osswald, Editor, Hanser Gardner

Publications, 2001.

D. Grewell, A. Benatar and J. Park, Editors, Plastics and Composites Welding Handbook, Hanser Gardner publishers, 2003.

C. Lu, Y.J. Juang, L.J. Lee, D. Grewell and A. Benatar, ―Analysis of Laser/IR-Assisted Microembossing,‖ Polymer Engineering and

Science, Vol. 45, pp. 661-668, 2005.

D. Grewell, A. Benatar, D. Ditmer and D. Hansford, ―Beam Shaping with Diffractive Optics for Laser Micro-welding of Plastics,‖

Proceedings of the 63rd

Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Boston, MA, pp. 1019-1023, May 2005

D. Grewell and A. Benatar, ―Modeling Heat Flow for a Distributed Moving Heat Source in Micro-Laser Welding of Plastics,‖

Proceedings of the 8th

International Conference on Numerical Methods in Industrial Forming Processes, Columbus, OH, June 2004

B7

Principal Publications in the Last Five Years (Continued)

A. Benatar, D. Rittel and A.L. Yarin, ―Theoretical and Experimental Analysis of Longitudinal Wave Propagation in Cylinderical

Viscoelastic Rods,‖ Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, Vol. 51, Issue 8, pp. 1413-1431, August 2003.

M. Rhew, A. Mokhtarzadeh and A. Benatar, ―Through Transmission Laser Welding of Polycarbonate and High Density

Polyethylene,‖ Proceedings of the 61st Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Nashville, TN, pp. 1116-1120,

May 2003.

D. Grewll, T. Jerew and A. Benatar, ―Diode Laser Microwelding of Polycarbonate and Polystyrene,‖ Proceedings of the 60th

Annual

Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, San Francisco, CA, May 2002.

K.M. Kwan and A. Benatar, ―Investigation of Non-Thermal Effects Produced by Ultrasonic Heating on Curing of Two Part Epoxy,‖

Proceedings of the 59th

Annual Technical Conference, Society of Plastics Engineers, Dallas, TX, May 2001.

Honors and Awards

2004 Best Paper Award, SPE SIG on Joining of Plastics and Composites (With C. Lu, Y.J. Juang, L.J. Lee, and D.

Grewell).

2003 Fellow, Society of Plastics Engineers.

2001 Best Paper Award, SPE SIG on Joining of Plastics and Composites (With K. Kwan).

1998 Lady David Fellowship, Israel Institute of Technology, Technion.

1995 Distinguished Lecturer of the 2nd

International Conference of Composite Engineering

1994 Best Paper Award from Society of Plastics Engineers Vinyl Division (With C. Faisst)

1992 Adams Memorial Membership Award from American Welding Society - in recognition of outstanding teaching

activities which advance the knowledge of welding.

1991 Lumley Research Award from The Ohio State University College of Engineering - in recognition of outstanding

research accomplishments.

1990 Presidential Young Investigator Award from the National Science Foundation - in recognition for research and

teaching accomplishments, for potential leadership in the academic community, and for potential contributions to science

and engineering.

1987-1988 Best Teacher of the Year from the Department of Welding Engineering - voted by the students in recognition

of teaching excellence.

Institutional and Professional Service in the Last Five Years

Member of Society of Plastics Engineers Fellows Selection Committee, 2003 - Present.

Member of the Honors Committee of the American Welding Society, 1998 - Present.

Member of Society of Plastics Engineers Technical Program Committee of Special Interest Group on Joining of Plastics

and Composites, 1995 - Present.

Chairman of International Institute of Welding Commission 16 on Plastics Joining and Adhesive Bonding, 1997 - 2003.

United States Delegate to the International Institute of Welding Commission 16 on Plastics Joining and Adhesive

Bonding, 1996 – 2003

Chair of Welding Engineering Graduate Studies Committee, 2003- Present.

Member of the Department of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering (IWSE) Chair Search Committee, 2003 -

Present.

Chair of the Department of IWSE Computing Committee, 1996 – 1998, 1999 – Present.

Reviewer for Polymer, Polymer Engineering and Science, Composite Science and Technology.

Journal of Sound and Vibration. NSF proposals, National Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada, and

AUTO21 – Canadian initiative for the Automobile of the 21st Century.

Professional Development Activities in the Last Five Years

WebCT training course, OSU Technology Enhanced Learning and Research Course, 2001.

Using Technology in Teaching, OSU Faculty and TA Development, 2003.

B8

1. Name Dave F. Farson Associate Professor, Welding Engineering Program

Department of Materials Science and Engineering


2. Education

PhD, 1987 Electrical Engineering, OSU

MS, 1982 Welding Engineering, OSU

BS, 1980 Welding Engineering, OSU

3. Academic Experience

7/09 – present Associate Professor, Dept. of Materials Science and Engineering, Ohio State University

9/95 – 6/09 Assistant, Associate Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding and Systems Engineering, Ohio

State University

2/88 – 5/95 Research Associate, Deputy Head, High Energy Processing Department Applied Research

Laboratory, Pennsylvania State University

9/98 – 5/95 Member, Graduate Faculty, Department of Industrial, Manufacturing and Systems Eng.

Pennsylvania State University

5/87 – 1/88 Senior Research Engineer, Laser Processing Department, R&D Center, Westinghouse Electric

Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

4. Non-academic Experience

2/88 – 5/95 Research Associate, Deputy Head, High Energy Processing Department Applied Research

Laboratory, Pennsylvania State University

5/87 – 1/88 Senior Research Engineer, Laser Processing Department, R&D Center, Westinghouse Electric

Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

6. Current Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies

American Welding Society

Laser Institute of America

7. Honors and Awards

OSU College of Engineering Lumley Research Award: 2000, 2007

AWS Adams Memorial Membership Award (for outstanding teaching), 1998

Fellow, Laser Institute of America, 1997

Applied Research Laboratory Letter of Commendation: 1993

Applied Research Laboratory Technical Contribution Award: 1993

American Welding Society Jennings Memorial Award: 1985, McKay-Helm Award: 2008

Phi Kappa Phi Honor Society, Life Member

8. Institutional and Professional Service

Laser Institute of America

Offices, Committees

Past President: 1997

President: 1996

President-Elect: 1995

Board Member: 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999

Secretary: 1993, 1994

Chair, Material Processing Committee: 1992, 1993

Conference: International Congress on Applications of Lasers and Electro-optics (ICALEO)

Material Processing Conference Chair: 2003

Congress General Chair: 1993, 1994

B9

American Welding Society

Committees

Member, C.7.C High Energy Joining Processes Technical Committee, 1994 – present

Member, Research&Development Committee, 2002 - present

Department of Materials Science and Engineering

Undergraduate Studies Committee (WE chair), Realignment committee

9. Principal Publications in the Last Five Years Total: 69 Journal (68 with student co-authors), 78

Conference Proceedings (76 with student co-authors)

Y.C. Lim, D.F. Farson, M.H. Cho, J.H. Cho, ―Stationary GMAW-P weld metal deposit spreading‖, Science

and Technology of Welding and Joining, 14(7):626-635, 2009

H.W.Choi, D.F.Farson, C.M.Lu, L.J.Lee, ―Femtosecond laser micromachining and application of hot

embossing molds for microfluid device fabrication‖, Journal of Laser Applications, 21(4):196 – 204, 2009.

M.J Reiter, D. F Farson, M. Mehl ―Control of penetration depth fluctuations in single-mode fiber laser

welds‖, Journal of Laser Applications 22(1):37-42, 2010

Fei ZZ, Hu X, Choi HW, Wang SN, Farson DF, Lee LJ, ―Micronozzle Array Enhanced Sandwich

Electroporation of Embryonic Stem Cells‖, Analytical Chemistry 82(1):353-358, 2010

Lim YC, Yu X, Cho JH, Sosa J, Farson DF, Babu SS, McCracken S, Flesner B, ― Effect of magnetic

stirring on grain structure refinement Part 2-Nickel alloy weld overlays‖, Science and Technology of

Welding and Joining 15(5):400-406, 2010

Lim YC, Yu X, Cho JH, Sosa J, Farson DF, Babu SS, McCracken S, Flesner B, ― Effect of magnetic

stirring on grain structure refinement Part 1-Nickel alloy weld overlays‖, Science and Technology of

Welding and Joining 15(7):583-589, 2010

Chen J, He LN, Farson DF, Rokhlin SI, ―Particle simulation of femtosecond laser stimulation of electrical

discharges in small gaps‖, Journal of Applied Physics 108(6):063303, 2010.

J.Z. Chen, D.F. Farson, ―Coaxial Vision Monitoring of LBW/GMAW Hybrid Welding

Process‖, Materials Evaluation, 68(12):1318-1328 2010,

Lim YC, Johnson J, Fei ZZ, Wu Y, Farson DF, Lannutti JJ, Choi HW, Lee LJ, ―Micropatterning and

Characterization of Electrospun Poly(epsilon-Caprolactone)/Gelatin Nanofiber Tissue Scaffolds by

Femtosecond Laser Ablation for Tissue Engineering Applications‖, Biotechnology and Bioengineering

108(1):116-126, 2011

He LN, Chen J, Farson, DF, Lannutti JJ, Rokhlin SI, ―Wettability modification of electrospun poly(ε-

caprolactone) fibers by femtosecond laser irradiation in different gas atmospheres‖, Journal of Applied

Surface Science, 257:3547–3553, 2011.

Lim YC, Boukany PE, Farson DF and Lee LJ, ―Direct-write femtosecond laser ablation and DNA combing

and imprinting for fabrication of a micro/nanofluidic device on an ethylene glycol dimethacrylate

polymer‖, Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering, 21(1): 015012, 2011.

10. Professional development activities: Weld-Ed partnership - OSU representative. A national partnership of

colleges, universities, professional societies, government, and private industry committed to increasing the

number and quality of welding and materials joining technicians to meet industry demand.

B10

John C. Lippold Professor, Department of Materials Science and Engineering

Education

B.S., 1973 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

M.S., 1975 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Ph.D., 1978 Materials Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Academic Experience

04/10-present Professor, Dept. of Materials Science and Engineering

10/04-3/06 Interim Chair, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU

9/01-10/01 Distinguished Lecturer, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada

11/96-12/96 Visiting Professor, University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil

04/95-03/10 Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU


11/89-11/90 Visiting Scientist, Institut de Soudure (French Welding Institute) and the French Iron and Steel

Research Institute, Paris, France

9/85-3/95 Edison Welding Institute, Manager of Materials Dept. and Manager of Research

10/78-8/85 Member, Technical Staff, Sandia National Laboratories, Livermore, CA

Professional Registration, Scientific and Professional Societies

American Welding Society American Society for Engineering Education

The Metals Society of AIME (TMS) International Institute of Welding

American Society for Materials

Honors and Awards

Fellow of ASM International (1994).

Fellow of American Welding Society (1996).

Comfort A. Adams Lecture Award from AWS (1997).

Adams Memorial Membership Award from AWS (1997).

Charles H. Jennings Award, American Welding Society. (1978, 1980, and 2004)

William Spraragen Award, American Welding Society. (1980 and 1993)

Lincoln Gold Medal Award, American Welding Society. (1984)

Warren F. Savage Memorial Award, American Welding Society. (1994,1999, 2009)

McKay-Helm Award, American Welding Society. (1995 and 1997)

A.F. Davis Silver Medal, American Welding Society (2000)

William Irrgang Memorial Award, American Welding Society (2002).

Plummer Memorial Educational Lecture Award, American Welding Society (2002).

Buehler Technical Paper Merit Award, International Metallographic Society. (1985 and 1989)

Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, OSU (2002 and 2010)

Jaeger Lecture Award, International Institute of Welding (2008)

Yoshiaki Arata Award, International Institute of Welding (2009)

B11

Current Service Activities

American Welding Society Awards Committee: Member, 2000-present, Chair, 2010-present

Commission Delegate, International Institute of Welding (IIW), 1990-present

Principal Reviewer, Welding Journal, 1992-present

Review Board: Welding in the World, Metallurgical Transactions, Science and Technology and Welding

and Joining, Acta Materialia, Scripta Materialia, Materials Science and Engineering

Editor-in-Chief, Welding in the World, published by IIW, 2008-present

College of Engineering – College Committee for Academic Affairs (CCAA)

Department – UG and Grad Studies Committees, Chair Advisory Committee

Publications (Representative last five years)

B.T. Alexandrov and J.C. Lippold, 2006. In-situ weld metal continuous cooling transformation diagrams, Welding in

the World, Vol. 50, No. 9/10, pp. 65-74.

M. Qian and J.C. Lippold. 2007. Investigation of grain refinement during a rejuvenation heat treatment of wrought

alloy 718, Materials Science and Engineering A, 456(2007):147-155.

J.W. Sowards, A.J. Ramirez, D.W. Dickinson and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Characterization Procedure for the Analysis of

Arc Welding Fume, Welding Journal, 87(3):76s-83s.

S. Shi and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Microstructure Evolution during Service Exposure of Two Cast, Heat-Resisting

Stainless Steels — HP-Nb modified and 20-32Nb, Materials Characterization, 59(8):1029-1040.

M. Rubal, M.C. Juhas, and J.C. Lippold, 2008. Friction Stir Processing of Ti-5111, Joining of Advanced and

Specialty Materials X, MS&T Conference, 2008, Pittsburgh, PA, pp. 2341-2348.

J.C. Lippold and N.E. Nissley, 2008. Ductility dip cracking in high-Cr Ni-base filler metals, Hot Cracking

Phenomena in Welds II, ISBN 978-3-540-78627-6, publ. by Springer,, pp. 409-426

N.E. Nissley and J.C. Lippold, 2009. Ductility-dip cracking susceptibility of Ni-based weld metals, Part 2 –

Microstructural Characterization, Welding Journal, 88(6):131s-140s.

E. Taban, J.E. Gould, and J.C. Lippold. 2009. Characterization of 6061-T6 aluminum alloy to AISI steel interfaces

during joining and thermo-mechanical conditioning, Materials Science and Engineering A, 527:1704-1708.

J. Caron, C. Heinze, C. Schwenk, M. Reithmeier, S.S. Babu, and J.C. Lippold, 2010. Effect of continuous cooling

transformation variations on numerical calculation of welding-induced residual stresses, Welding Journal,

89(7):151s-160s.

S. Shi, J.C. Lippold, and J. Ramirez. 2010. Hot ductility behavior and repair weldability of service-aged, heat-resistant

stainless steel castings, Welding Journal, 89(10):210s-217s.

Books and Edited Conference Proceedings (in last 5 years)

Trends in Welding Research, Proc. of the 7th International Conference, Eds. S.A. David, T. Debroy, J.C. Lippold,

H.B. Smartt, and J.M. Vitek, ASM International, 2006. ISBN-10: 0-87170-842-6.

Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds II, Eds. T. Boellinghaus, H. Herold, J. Lippold, and C.E. Cross, Berlin, March

5-6, 2007, Springer-Verlag, ISBN 978-3-540-78627-6.

J.C. Lippold and D.J. Kotecki, 2005. Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Stainless Steels, pub. by Wiley and

Sons, Inc. Hoboken, NJ, ISBN 0-47147379-0.

J.N. DuPont, J.C. Lippold, and S.D. Kiser, 2009. Welding Metallurgy and Weldability of Nickel Base Alloys, pub.

by Wiley and Sons, Inc. Hoboken, NJ, ISBN 978-0-470-08714-5, October 2009.

Hot Cracking Phenomena in Welds III, Eds. J. Lippold, T. Boellinghaus, and C.E. Cross, Columbus, March 11-12,

2010, Springer-Verlag, in press.

B14

Stanislav I. Rokhlin Professor, Welding Engineering Program

Department of Industrial, Systems, and Welding Engineering


Degrees

Leningrad Electrical Engineering Institute, MS, 1967, Electro-Physics Engineering

Leningrad State University, Mathematics and Mechanics study, 1967-1969

Leningrad Electrical Engineering Institute, Ph.D., 1972, Engineering Physics

Years of Service at OSU

Full Professor, 16 years, 1990-present

Associate Professor, 4 years, 1985-1989

Visiting Associate Professor, 1 year, 1984-1985

Academic and Industrial Experience

Professor, Dept. of Industrial, Welding, and Systems Engineering, OSU, 1990-present

Associate Professor, Dept. Welding Engineering, OSU, 1984-1989

Senior Lecturer and later Associate Professor, Dept. of Materials Engineering, Ben-Gurion University of the

Negev, Beer-Sheva, Israel, 1977-1985

Senior Engineer and later Group Leader, National Scientific Research Institute, Broadcasting and Acoustics,

Leningrad, USSR, 1967-1969, 1973-1976

Summary Professional Accomplishments

11 Ph.D. dissertations and 17 MS theses advised, over 300 research publications, over 200 technical

presentations (30 keynote or invited presentations at national and international conferences), nearly $10 million

in research grants since joining the university.

Consulting, Patents, and Professional Licenses

L.G. Merkulov and S. I. Rokhlin, "The Ultrasonic Nondestructive Testing Method of Parts," Patent No.

3614111, GO-I-f 23/00 Bull. No. 1, 1973.

L.G. Merkulov and S. I. Rokhlin, "The Method of Measurements of a Liquid Level," Patent No. 430286 GO-I-f

23/00 Bull. No. 20, 1974.

One patent pending; four OSU invention disclosures for last five years.

Membership in Scientific and Professional Societies

Fellow Acoustical Society of America

American Society for Nondestructive Testing

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Principal Journal Publications in the Last Five Years 1. J.- Y. Kim, V. A. Yakovlev and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Parametric modulation mechanism of surface acoustic wave on a partially

closed crack‖, Appl. Phys. Lett., 82 (19),3203-3205, (2003).

2. R. Wang, N. Katsube, R.R. Seghi and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Failure probability of borosilicate glass under Hertz indentation load‖,

J. Mater. Sci. 38 (8), 1589-1596 (2003).

3. A. Baltazar, L. Wang, B. Xie and S. I. Rokhlin, "Inverse ultrasonic determination of imperfect interfaces and bulk properties

of a layer between two solids" J. Acoust. Sos. Am., 114 (3), 1424-1434 (2003).

4. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, "Ultrasonic wave interaction with multidirectional composites: modeling and experiment" J.

Acoust. Sos. Am., 114 (5), 2582-2595 (2003).

5. X. Zhao, G.S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S.I.Rokhlin, ―In situ X-ray radiographic study of intergranular corrosion in Al alloys‖

Corrosion, 59, 1012-1018 (2003).

6. X. Liu, G.S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S.I.Rokhlin, ―Effect of applied tensile stress on intergranular corrosion of AA2024-T3‖

Corrosion Sci., 46, 405-425 (2004).

7. S.I. Rokhlin, B. Xie and A. Baltazar, ―Quantitative ultrasonic characterization of environmental degradation of adhesive

bonds‖ J. Adhesion Sci. Tech., 18 (3) 327-360 (2004).

B15

8. S. I. Rokhlin, L. Wang, B. Xie, V.A. Yakovlev and L. Adler, ―Modulated angle beam ultrasonic spectroscopy for evaluation

of imperfect interfaces and adhesive bonds‖ Ultrasonics 42, 1037-1047 (2004).

9. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―A compliance/stiffness matrix formulation of General Green‘s function and effective

permittivity for piezoelectric multilayers‖, IEEE Trans. Ultrasonics Ferroelectrics Frequency Control (UFFC) 51, 453-463

(2004).

10. J. Kim, V. Yakovlev and S.I. Rokhlin, ―Surface acoustic wave modulation on a fatigue crack" J. Acoust. Sos. Am., 115 (5),

1961-1972 (2004).

11. J. Kim, A. Baltazar and S.I. Rokhlin, ―Ultrasonic assessment of rough surface contact between solids from elastoplastic

loading-unloading hysteresis cycle‖, J. Mech. Phys. Solid., 52 (8), 1911-1934 (2004).

12. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Modeling of wave propagation in layered piezoelectric media by a recursive asymptotic method‖

IEEE Trans. Ultrasonics Ferroelectrics Frequency Control (UFFC) 51(9), 1060-1071 (2004).

13. L. Wang and S. I. Rokhlin, ―Recursive geometric integrators for wave propagation in a functionally-graded multilayered

elastic medium‖, J. Mech. Phys. Solids 52 (11), 2473-2506 (2004).

14. L. Wang and S.I. Rokhlin ―Universal scaling functions for continuous stiffness nanoindentation with sharp indenters‖

International Journal of Solids and Structures 42(13), 3807-3832 (2005).

15. L. Wang, M. Ganor and S.I. Rokhlin ― Inverse scaling functions in nanoindentation with sharp indenters: determination of

material properties‖ J. Material Res. 20 (4), 987-1001 (2005).

16. L. Wang, M. Ganor, S.I. Rokhlin and A. Grill ―Mechanical properties of ultras-low dielectric constant SiCOH films:

nanoindentation measurements‖ J. Mater.Res. 20 (8), 2080-2093 (2005).

17. R. Wang, N. Katsube, R.R. Seghi and S. I. Rokhlin, ― Statistical failure analysis of brittle coatings by spherical indentation:

theory and experiment‖, J. Mater. Sci. (accepted).

18. X. Liu, G. S. Frankel, B. Zoofan and S. I. Rokhlin, ―In Situ X- ray radiographic study of stress corrosion cracking in

AA2024-T3,‖ Corrosion (submitted ).

19. B. Zoofan, J-Y. Kim, S.I. Rokhlin and G.S. Frankel, ―Application of phase-contrast microradiography in NDE‖, Materials

Evaluation. (Accepted).

Honors and Awards 2004 Lumley Interdisciplinary Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University 2004 Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University

1998 Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University

Charles H. Jennings Memorial Medal of the American Welding Society, 1986

Alcoa Foundation Award for Research in Field of Nondestructive Evaluation of Adhesive Joints, 1988 and 1989

Faculty Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1990

F. Davis Silver Medal of the American Welding Society, 1991

American Society for Nondestructive Testing Fellowship Award, 1991

Fellow of Acoustical Society of America, 1993

Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1994

American Society for Nondestructive Testing and Fellowship Award, 1995

NASA Technical Recognition Award, 1996

Lumley Research Award, College of Engineering, The Ohio State University, 1998

American Society for Nondestructive Testing Outstanding Paper Award, 1998

Institutional and Professional Service in the Last Five Years

Associate Editor, Materials Evaluation, J. of Am. Soc. for Nondestructive Testing, present.

Member of Editorial Board, Journal of Nondestructive Evaluation, present.

Member of Editorial Board "Research in Nondestructive Evaluation", present.

Chair Peer Review Panel of AFRL Nondestructive Evaluation Branch, August, 2003.

Organizer and Chair of the Special Session on Composites at 2005 QNDE meeting.

Member of the Host Committee and Coordinator for 2001 ASNT Fall Conference, Columbus, OH, 2001

Chairman of the ASNT Research Symposium on "On Track to a Safer Millenium" 27-31 March

2000,Birmingham, AL.

B16

Regular reviewer for over 10 major journals.

C1

Appendix C – Equipment

The major equipment items dedicated primarily to laboratory instructional

purposes are listed below. Selected depicted items are labeled *.

Table C-1: Teaching laboratory equipment (* = depicted)

Mechanized/Robotic Arc Welding Systems

(WE 656, 651, 755)

Manual/Semi-Auto Arc Welding Stations

(WE350/351/55)

Fanuc ArcMate 100 6-axis robotic system*

Lincoln PW655 GMA welding system

Manual welding booths*, each with the

following equipment (x 12)

Lincoln 255XT PowerMIG welding system*

Lincoln 222 PrecisionTIG welding system*

Motoman Arcworld 6-axis robotic system*

Miller Auto-Axcess 300DI GMA

welding system

1-axis coordinated rotary positioner

Drawn arc stud welder*

Nelweld 6000, dual gun, 1200A

ITW Miller Travel Master GMA system *

- Miller Invision 456P Power Supply*

Polymer Welding Systems (WE706)

1. Branson ultrasonic welding system*

C2

2. Vibration welding system *

JetLine GTA Sidebeam System

- Series 9500 Controller

- Thermal Dynamics 400 GTSW PS

Resistance Welding Systems (WE 701)

1. Taylor-Winfield AC Resistance Welders*

(x2)

- 75 and 100 KVA

- Medar Controllers

Lincoln Sidebeam SubArc System*

- Tandem Lincoln DC1000 PS’s

- Lincoln PW1000 PS

NDE (WE631)

1. Ultrasonic Flaw Detectors* (x6)

1. X-ray imaging system*

C3

Process controls (WE550, 650, 755)

1. Omron CPM2C Programmable Logic

Controls*

- includes off-line programming software

2. Electrical circuit experimenter boards

*(quantity = 10)

- AC/DC amp and volt meters, low voltage AC

power supply

- miscellaneous connection hardware,

elementary circuit components,

- relay logic control

3. Dual trace 1 MHz oscilloscopes* (quantity

= 10)

4. DC motor-actuated slide systems*

(quantity = 2)

2. Microfocus X-ray system

Metallography (WE610,611,612)

1. abrasive sectioning saw, bench grinder, mounting presses*(x2) polishers* (x3), optical microscopes w/ cameras, monitors* (x4), LCD overhead display*

2. Rockwell hardness tester

- macro and superficial hardness

- Rockwell A, B, and C scales

3. LECO microhardness tester

- Knoop and DPH indenters

- load range from 25 to 1000 grams

- data storage and print out

4. Metallographic sample preparation

C4

equipment

- mounting presses (2)

- grinding and polishing units (4)

5. Box furnace

- 1 ft3 capacity

- maximum temperature 2000 F

Table C-2: Shared Teaching/Research Equipment.

Materials/Metallography (WE661 and WE662)

1. Gleeble 3800C Thermo-mechanical

simulator

Polymer Welding (WE706)

1. Laser through-transmission IR welding

system

2. Microwave polymer welding system

3. Hot plate polymer welding system

Lasers (WE704)

1. Spectra-Physics Tornado 40W Q-

Switched DPSSL laser

2. Clark-MXR CPA2110 femtosecond

pulsed laser

3. Continuum Q-Switched 3.5J Nd:YAG

laser

X-ray/UT (WE671)

1. X-Y scanning water tank ultrasonic

imaging system

2. Microfocus X-ray system

Table C-3 EJTC Student Computing Laboratory Hardware

EJTC Computer laboratory:

Primary Server:

HP Proliant ML350, Xeon ES420

processor at 2.5 GHz/2MB cache (4

core), 8 GB DDR SDRAM, 1.046TB

(2x73GB+3x300GB) 15K SAS hard

drives, 1TB USB external hard drive.

Scanner:

Epson 4990 PHOTO 4800 dpi optical

resolution, 16 bits/pixel, 8.5 in. x 11.7

maximum document size.

Projection System:

Dedicated Computers:

C5

Client Computers:

HP xw6400 workstation, Xeon ES335

processor at 2.0 GHz/8 MB cache (4

core), 4 GB DDR2 SDRAM, 160 GB

7.2K RPM SATA hard drive. LCD

monitor.

(Quantity = 20)

HP xw6600 workstation, Xeon ES405

processor at 2.0 GHz/12 MB cache(4

core) , 4 GB DDR2 SDRAM, 160 GB

7.2K RPM SATA hard drive LCD

monitor.

(Quantity = 18)

Printers:

Hewlett Packard LaserJet 4200dtn,

1200dpi, 35ppm B/W – Duplex

Printing.

Hewlett Packard Color LaserJet

3700dn, 600dpi, 16ppm (B/W)/16ppm

(Color) – Duplex Printing.

HP DesignJet Z2100 44in. Photo large

format color printer, 600 dpi

(2400x1200 dpi in ‗best‘ quality).

HP xw6400 workstation.

Projectors:

Proxima Desktop Projector 6150, (1

unit)

Projectors have 1024 x 768 image

resolution and are compatible with PC

and Video Devices (VCR‘s, Video Disk

Players, Video Cameras…)

UPS:

APC Back-UPS PRO 650, max output

power 650VA (410 watts),

(Quantity=3).

Table C-4 EJTC computer laboratory Software.

Operating System Software:

- Microsoft Windows 2008 Server

Enterprise.

- Microsoft Windows Vista Enterprise 64-

bit

Antivirus:

- Network Associates VirusScan 8.5.0i

Web Browser:

- Internet Explorer 7.0

Desktop Productivity Software:

- Microsoft Office professional 2007:

Microsoft Word

Microsoft Excel

Microsoft PowerPoint

Technical Graphing Software:

- SigmaPlot 11

Graphical Development Software for signal

acquisition, Measurement Analysis and Data

Preparation:

- LabVIEW 8.5

Statistical Analysis Software:

- Minitab 15

Finite Element Analysis Software:

- Ansys (version 12)

- Abaqus (version 6.8-1)

Fatigue Analysis Software:

C6

Microsoft Access

Microsoft Publisher

Microsoft FrontPage

Microsoft Outlook

Microsoft InfoPath

Microsoft Groove

Microsoft OneNote

- Microsoft Visio Professional 2007

Project Management Software:

- Microsoft Project 2007

High Level Technical Computing Software:

- MathCad 14

- Maple 12

- Matlab (release 14)

- FE-Fatigue (release 6.0)

CAD Software:

- AutoCad 2009

Solid Modeling Software:

- Unigraphics NX-6.0

- Solid Edge ST (ver. 100.00.00.133)

Email:

- OSU Webmail (Using Internet Explorer)

Other Software:

Thermo-Calc

JMatPro-5.1

Table C-5: EJTC Local Area Network (LAN) infrastructure:

Backbone:

Fast Ethernet (bandwidth = 100Mbps) Implementation over Category 5/5E Unshielded

Twisted Pair (UTP) Cabling, Connecting Multiple Switches.

Switches:

Dell PowerConnect 2024 (x2), 3024 (x3), 3424 (x1). Cisco Catalyst 2900 XL (x3), 2950

(x1).

Operating Network:

Microsoft Network

D1

Appendix D – Institutional Summary

1. The Institution

a. The Ohio State University, College of Engineering, 2070 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH

43210-1275

b. President: Dr. E. Gordon Gee

c. Submitted by: Dr. David B. Williams, Dean & Presidential Professor, College of

Engineering

d. The Ohio State University is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission (HLC) of

the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA). Initial accreditation was

in 1913 and the most recent accreditation was in 2007 for a ten year period.

2. Type of Control: Description of the type of managerial control of the institution.

The Ohio State University is a Land Grant, State Institution.

3. Educational Unit: Describe the education unit in which the program is located including

the administrative chain of responsibility for the program to the chief executive officer of

the institution.

See Table D-3: The Ohio State University Engineering Programs

4. Academic Support Units

Within the College of Engineering:

Civil & Environmental Engineering & Geodetic Science: Carolyn Merry, Department

Chair

Chemical & Biomolecular Engineering: Stuart Cooper, Department Chair

Computer Science and Engineering: Xiaodong Zhang, Department Chair

Electrical and Computer Engineering: Robert Lee, Department Chair

Engineering Education Innovation Center: Robert Gustafson, Center Director

Integrated Systems Engineering: Julia Higle, Department Chair

Materials Science and Engineering: Rudolph Buchheit, Department Chair

Mechanical & Aerospace Engineering: Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Department Chair

Outside of the College of Engineering:

Anatomy: Phillip R. Payne, Department Chair

Biochemistry: Michael Chan, Department Chair

Food, Agricultural, and Environmental Sciences: Bobby Moser, Dean

Fisher College of Business: Christine Poon, Dean

Earth Sciences: Berry Lyons, Department Chair

Economics: Donald Haurin, Department Chair

Evolution, Ecology, and Organismal Biology: Peter Curtis, Department Chair

Natural and Mathematical Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Math): Peter March, Interim

Dean

D2

Physics: James Beatty, Department Chair

Statistics: Doug Wolfe, Department Chair

4.1 Engineering Education Innovation Center: Robert Gustafson, Center

Director, Honda Professor for Engineering Education

The Engineering Education Innovation Center (EEIC) (http://eeic.osu.edu/ ) was established in

May 2007 with the mission to enrich the student experience and to strengthen the academic

credentials of our undergraduates. In conjunction with the Guiding Values and Principles of the

College, the EEIC further highlights:

Promoting innovation and creativity in all of our UG programs

Offering multidisciplinary courses and opportunities for students that enhance their

experience, and

Fostering scholarship of teaching and learning across the college.

Although all of our elements are interactive and complimentary of each other, each of the

following elements makes unique contributions to the EEIC Mission as well as Ohio State

University and College of Engineering strategic goals.

OSU/COE Strategic Goals

Elements of the EEIC One

University

Students

First

Fac/Staff

Talent &

Culture

Research

Prominence

Outreach &

Collaboration

Operation

/Fiscal

Soundness

1. Fundamentals of Engineering Sequences

a. First-year Engineering X X X

b. Programming for Engineering

Problem Solving X

2. Multi-Disciplinary Design

a. Capstone Design X X X

b. Social Innovation Initiative X X X

3. Enrichment Programs and Courses

a. Engineering X X X

b. Non-Engineers X X

c. Pre-College X

4. Graduate Program and Research

a. STEM/Engineering Education PhD X

b. Scholarship of Teaching and Learning X

5. Professional Development and Support

a. Student X

b. Faculty/Staff X

Although not an academic department or tenure-initiating unit for faculty, the EEIC plays a

pivotal role in education of all engineering students. Table EEIC 1, at the end of this section,

gives a personnel summary for those with full or partial appointments with the EEIC. In

addition, Table EEIC 2 and EEIC 3 present a Faculty Workload Summary and Faculty

Qualifications for the EEIC respectively.

D3

Overview of Programs

1. Fundamentals of Engineering Sequences ( http://eeic.osu.edu/fundamentals )

The First-Year Engineering course sequence is generally a prerequisite for declaring engineering

majors at OSU. Incoming freshmen take either a two-quarter or three-quarter series ( two-

semester, beginning AU 2012) which broadly introduces the topics of engineering problem

solving, technical graphics, computer-aided design, programming in MATLAB, engineering

design and analysis, project management, ethics in engineering, teamwork, and oral and written

technical communication. Topics and laboratories provide a broad overview of engineering

disciplines. Many "undecided" freshmen use these courses to help them narrow down and

declare a major in the College of Engineering.

The First-Year Engineering Program consists of three different course sequences, designed to

give students a broad understanding of the principles and practices of engineering:

The regular two-quarter sequence - Engineering 181 and 183 (ENGR 1181, 1182

semesters); Special sections for Engineering Scholars designated students are offered.

The Honors sequence- Engineering H191, H192, and H193 (ENGR 1281, 1282

semesters)

The Transfer sequence- Engineering 185,186,187 (ENGR 1185, 1186, 1187 semesters);

for students with elements of the program by transfer.

The two-quarter regular sequence teaches basic engineering skills to prepare students for

advanced courses, internships, major selection, and careers in engineering. The Honors sequence

accomplishes the same objectives but in more depth and in a more accelerated fashion with a

programming course built in to the series. All three program options entail a major design-build

project. The continuously updated curriculum, taught by faculty and professional engineers,

exposes students to different engineering disciplines and helps develop the most up-to-date and

practically relevant skills.

One of the defining features of the FE program is the numerous competitions and exhibitions that

take place during the year (https://eeic.osu.edu/node/1517). These include:

FEH Robot Competition

Nanotech Competition

FE Roller Coaster Competition

Advance Energy Vehicle Showcase

Within the category of Fundamentals of Engineering the EEIC also offers versions of problem

solving with programming course with focus on use of MatLab (ENG 167.02) and C++ (ENG

167.01) (https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-167-problem-solving-through-programming-

engineering-calculations-and-computer-graphic) used by a number of programs across the

college. Under the semester system these courses will evolve into ENGR 1221 (2-credit MatLab

based) and ENGR 1222 (3-credit C++ based). Both courses are to be cross-listed with the

Department of Computer Science and Engineering.

2. Multi-Disciplinary Design

https://eeic.osu.edu/node/1518

https://eeic.osu.edu/node/1621

D4

The EEIC Multidisciplinary (MD) Engineering Capstone Program ( http://eeic.osu.edu/capstone ) opens a

broad range of opportunities for engineering and non-engineering students. It incorporates authentic

industry-cooperative projects into the curriculum, providing students the opportunity to apply their

education and develop professional skills in real-world problems. The program began in 2001 as a

cooperation with Honda and had its roots in the Mechanical Engineering department. Over the years it

has developed to incorporate students across the College, as well as business, industrial design, MBA,

agriculture, and humanities students. It has recently partnered with the Engineering Sciences Minor,

which will lead to an even broader variety of student participation.

The MD Capstone includes a three-course sequence:

ENG 658 (3 credits) Intro to MD Design (ENGR 4901, 1credit semesters)

ENG 659.01 (3 credits) MD Design Project I (ENGR 4902, 2 credit semesters)

ENG 659.02 (3credits) MD Design Project II – Continuation of I (ENGR 4903, 2 credit

semesters)

In a continuing effort to create authentic experiences for our students, the College of Engineering began a

new program in Autumn quarter 2009 called the Social Innovation Initiative (SII)

(http://eeic.osu.edu/support-services/siii ). This program provides students with the opportunity to define,

design, and commercialize socially-benefitting products. The intent is to provide a practical learning

opportunity for students and develop products with commercial value. The program is designed to return

commercial proceeds to the program to sustain its ongoing development. It is the goal to create products

and commercialize them to produce an ongoing shared revenue stream to support future socially

responsible products and projects.

3. Enrichment Programs and Courses

In response to recent reports of the National Academy of Engineering, National Research

Council, National Science Foundation, and OSU studies of general education, it is clear that the

College has a responsibility and opportunity to contribute further to the general education of both

engineering and non-engineering students primarily in the area of technological literacy.

The EEIC meets this responsibility to engineering students through multi-disciplinary courses in key

areas of:

University 2nd

Writing, ENG 367 (ENGR 2367 semester) ( https://eeic.osu.edu/other-

courses-services/writing )

Advance Graphics, ENG 410.01, 410.02 (ENGR 4410.01,0.2 semester)

(https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-410-computer-graphics )

Engineering History, ENG 360.01,360.02 (ENGR 2361 and 2362 semester)

(http://eeic.osu.edu/tech-literacy/engineering-history )

Teamwork and Leadership, ENG 680,695 (ENGR 5680, 5695 semester)

(https://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-services/service-learning )

Service Learning, ENG 692 (ENGR 4692.01) ( http://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-

services/service-learning )

Current Topics through Seminars, Workshops, Colloquia, ENG 491 (ENGR 4891) The EEIC meets this responsibility to non-engineering students through courses in key areas of:

http://eeic.osu.edu/minors/engineering-sciences

http://eeic.osu.edu/minors/engineering-sciences

D5

Graphics for Non-engineers, ENG 121 (ENGR 1121 semesters) (

https://eeic.osu.edu/course/engraph-121-graphic-presentation-i )

Technological Literacy Minors

Engineering Sciences ( https://eeic.osu.edu/minors )

Technological Studies (Currently suspended)

The EEIC contributes to Pre-college engineering education through summer programs, co-

sponsoring of a Boy Scout Explorers Post, special curriculum relations with selected high

schools and connection to Project Lead the Way in Ohio.

4. Graduate Program and Research

Beginning Autumn 2011, the first cohort of students will enter the Engineering Education –

STEM PhD program. This program is a collaboration between the College of Engineering and

the College of Education and Human Ecology. (http://people.ehe.ohio-state.edu/stem/program-

of-study/ )

The EEIC, through the Department of Food, Agricultural and Biological Engineering, offers a

course entitled, ―College Teaching in Engineering‖. The course is designed as initial preparation

for instruction in professional engineering programs at the college level. It focuses on skills,

strategies and issues common to university teaching in general and engineering instruction more

specifically. (https://eeic.osu.edu/other-courses-services/teaching-engineering)

Faculty and staff of the EEIC are also actively engaged in research and publishing in the domain

of scholarship of teaching and learning (SoTL).

5. Professional Development and Support

Technical Communications and Resource Consulting (TCRC) supplies consultation on writing

practice to engineering students. (https://eeic.osu.edu/support-services/tcrc)

The EEIC enhances the teaching and learning environment within the college by encouraging

and supporting the development, evaluation, and use of appropriate educational technologies. To

financially support some of the technological enhancements, a learning technology fee is

assessed of all engineering students. The college provides matching funds for technical support,

staffing, and infrastructure. To promote innovation the EEIC Provide targeted funding for

technology resources and pedagogical improvement, including special one-time grants, and

grants provided on a yearly basis.

The Student Instructional Leadership Team (SILT) was organized during the autumn quarter of

2009 at The Ohio State University for the purpose of professional development of students in an

instructional role. The team consists of five student leadership positions that work across the

First-Year Engineering Program and Engineering Graphics courses which are part of the

Engineering Education Innovation Center. SILT supports student employees through a group of

peers. It strives to help further the development of teaching assistants in many aspects of

teaching and professional and personal development. The group continues to change and evolve,

D6

but with each iteration the team improves which helps to foster general improvements across the

program. (https://eeic.osu.edu/first-year-engineering/silt)

Periodic seminars, book studies, and workshops directed towards topics related to engineering

teaching and advising are offered through the EEIC, often in conjunction with the University

center for the Advancement of Teaching (UCAT).

In addition the faculty and staff of the EEIC support a number of student organizations through

advising. These include:

ASEE Student Chapter

(http://engineering.osu.edu/studentorganizations/index.php?org=88)

Society of Business and Engineering (SoBE) ( http://osusobe.weebly.com/)

Tau Beta Pi ( http://tbp.org.ohio-state.edu/index.php)

Engineers for Community Service ( ECOS) (http://ecos.osu.edu/)

Table EEIC 1. EEIC Personnel Summary

Table EEIC 2. Faculty Workload Summary

FACULTY

# of personnel Name

EEIC FACULTY* 4 Demel, Duane, Gustafson, Rogers (Visiting)

DEPARTMENT FACULTY** 7 Christensen (emeritus), Croft, DeGroat, Gilat, Staab, Tan,

CLINICAL & RESEARCH 3 Abrams, Freuler, Grzybowksi

LECTURER 12 Allam, Black, Busick, Clingan, Harper, Housholder, McCaul, Parke, Schlosser, Skarzynki, Stavridis, Trott, Whitfield

TEACHING ASSISTANTS

GTA'S 40 O.5 FTE Per Person

UTA's 93 Ave. 6 - 10 hours/week

STAFF

ADMINISTRATION 5 McCabe, Merrill, Miyake, Hoffman, Seman (50%)

LAB 2 Brand, Toms

MULTI-DESIGN 1 Rhoads

*100% EEIC Appointment **Partial EEIC Appointments

D7

FACULTY WORKLOAD SUMMARY - EEIC

PT

or

FT

CLASSES TAUGHT (COURSE #,

CREDIT HRS, TERM, YR) T

EA

CH

ING

RE

SE

AR

CH

/

SC

HO

LA

RS

HIP

OT

HE

R

DE

VO

TE

D T

O

PR

OG

RA

M

Abrams, Lisa FT EG 410-3, EG 121-3, 694- 1 to 6 AU10-

SP11

75% 25% 50%

Allam, Yosef FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 186-2 AU10-SP11 75% 25% 100%

Black, Scott FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 100% 100%

Busick,

Richard

FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 187-2, EG 167-2

AU10-SP11

65% 35% 100%

Christiansen,

Richard

PT ENG 181-3, AU10-WI11, ENG 183-3,

SP11

100% 60%

Clingan, Paul FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 20% 100%

Croft, Frank FT ENG 191-4, SU-10-AU11 75% 25% 15%

Demel, John FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 15% 5% 100%

DeGroat,

Joanne

FT ENG 193 -4 SP11 100% 15%

Duane, JoAnn FT ENG 167-4 , AU10-SP11 100% 100%

Freuler, Rick FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 10% 10% 100%

Gilat, Amos FT ENG 181-3, 183-3 AU10-SP11 50% 50% 100%

Grzybowski,

Deb

FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 80% 20% 100%

Gustafson,

Robert

FT ENG 181- 3,FEB 810 WI11-SP11 20% 20% 100%

Harper, Kathy FT ENG 191-4, 192-4, 193-4 AU10-SP11 90% 10% 100%

Housholder,

Clay

FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 50% 25% 25% 100%

McCaul,

Edward

FT ENG 360-5 SP11 100% 15%

Merrill, John FT ENG 692- 1 to 4 W11 5% 10% 85% 100%

Parke, Mike FT ENG 181-3, 183-3, EG167-2 AU10-

SP11

90% 10% 100%

Rhoads, Bob FT ENG 658-3, 659.01-3 , 659.02-3 AU10-

SP11

50% 25% 25% 100%

Rogers, Peter FT ENG 658-3 , 659.01-3 , 659.02-3 AU10-

SP11

50% 25% 25% 100%

Schlosser,

Phil

PT ENG 181-3, 183-3, 694- 1 to 6 AU10-

SP11

75% 25% 85%

D8

Skarzynski,

Bart

FT ENG 367-5 AU10-SP11 75% 25% 100%

Staab, George FT ENG 191-4 AU10 100% 15%

Stavridis,

Olga

PT EG 121-3 AU10-SP11; ENG 181-3

WI11

100% 50%

Tan, Fabian FT ENG 360-5, SU10-AU11 100% 15%

Trott, Bruce FT ENG 183.03-3, 183-3, 181-3 AU10-

SP11

60% 40% 100%

Whitfield,

Cliff

FT ENG 183.02-3, 186-2, 187-2, EG

167.02-4

75% 25% 50%

D9

Table EEIC 3. Faculty Qualifications

Years of Experience Level of

Activity (H,

M, or L)

FA

CU

LT

Y N

AM

E

HIGHEST

DEGREE

EARNED-

FIELD AND

YEAR

Rank TYPE OF

ACADEMIC

APPOINT

FT

OR

PT

GO

V/IN

D

PR

AC

TIC

E

TE

AC

HIN

G

OS

U

PR

OF

. RE

GIS

.

PR

OF

. OR

GA

N

PR

OF

. DE

VE

LO

P

CO

NS

UL

T

Abrams,

Lisa

PhD- Industrial

2001

AST NTT FT 7 Ind 3 3 PE H H L

Allam,

Yosef

PhD-Eng Educ

2009

I NTT FT 3 Ind 9 9 H H L

Black, Scott MS-English Lit

2001 and

Creative

Writing 2006

I NTT FT 11 Gov 11 4.5 L L L

Busick,

Richard

MS- Computer

Science 1965

I NTT FT 38 Ind 9 9 L L L

Christensen,

Rich

PhD- ME and

Nuclear

P T PT 36 30 L M M

Clingan,

Paul

MS- Chemical

1989

I NTT FT 4.5 Ind 10 10 L L L

Croft, Frank PhD- ASC T FT 4 Ind 39 27 PE H H L

DeGroat,

Joanne

PhD- Electrical

1991

ASC T FT 16 Gov 11 11 H M H

Demel, John PhD-

Metallurgy

1973

P T FT 41 31 PE H H M

Duane,

Josann

Phd- Physics

1970

P T FT 32 32 M L M

Freuler,

Rick

PhD-

Aeronatical and

Astronautical

1991

P NTT FT 2 Ind 14 38 H H H

Gilat, Amos Phd-ME 1982 P T FT 29 29 M H L

Grzybowski,

Deb

PhD-

Biomedical

2000

AST NTT FT 8 Ind 11 11 L M L

Gustafson,

Robert

Phd-

Engineering

1974

P T FT 36 24 PE H H M

Harper,

Kathy

Phd- Physics

2001

I NTT FT 16 16 H H L

D10

Housholder,

Clay

MS- Library

Science 1993

I NTT FT 3 Gov/ 6

Ind

20 5.5 L L L

McCaul,

Edward

PhD- History I NTT FT 15 Ind in

Engineering

20 3 PE M H M

Parke, Mike PhD-

Oceanogrphy

1978


Rogers,

Peter

PhD-

Mechanical

1973

P NTT FT 35 Ind 3 3 H H M

Schlosser,

Phil

PhD- Nuclear

1972

I NTT PT 20 Ind 17 17 M L L

Skarzynski,

Bart

MS-Creative

Writing/English

2004

I NTT FT 4 4 L L L

Stabb,

George

PhD-

Mechanical

1979

ASC T FT 32 32 H L L

Stavridis,

Olga

MBA- 1997 I NTT PT 12 Ind 1 1 L L L

Tan, Fabian PhD- Civil

1982

P T FT 15 Gov 30 29 PE H M H

Trott, Bruce MS- Electrical

1971


Whitfield,

Cliff

PhD-

Aeronautical

and

Astronautical

2009

I NTT FT 5 Ind 2 2 H H H

5. Non-academic Support Units

Academic Advising: Judith McDonald, Director

Academic advising activities are coordinated across all programs. Students are assigned an

academic advisor in their program of choice during orientation. They will work with an

advisor until graduation.

Engineering Career Services and Engineering Cooperative Education and Internship

Program: Rachel Ligman, Interim Director

Engineering Career Services (ECS) serves three primary populations: (1) engineering

students who seek opportunities for engineering cooperative education or internship

experience prior to graduation; (2) engineering and computer and information science

students who seek full-time postgraduate career opportunities up to one year after

completing BS, MS, or PhD degrees; and (3) the employers who wish to hire these

candidates. ECS is heavily utilized: in 2009-10, 87% of the BS graduates used at least one

ECS service in their job searches; 62% of the MS and PhD candidates used ECS; 77% of

the BS students who had jobs at graduation reported that they obtained their jobs from an

ECS service; 73% of BS graduates had reported at least one co-op or intern experience.

Details are available at https://career.eng.ohio-state.edu/about-us.php#mission.

https://career.eng.ohio-state.edu/about-us.php#mission

D11

Honors & Scholars: Linn Van Woerkom, Associate Provost and Director

In the Honors Program, highly motivated students can pursue an enriched academic

experience that integrates curricular and co-curricular opportunities. The Scholars Program

is comprised of 14 unique living and learning communities designed to compliment

students' academic experiences.

Math & Statistics Learning Center: Dr. Darry Andrews, Director

The Mathematics and Statistics Learning Center provides free support to students of many

undergraduate Mathematics and Statistics courses at The Ohio State University. They

provide trained tutors available to help students with difficulties they are experiencing in

class or with homework. In addition, they provide online resources, practice exams and

workshops to help students achieve their potential as a student.

Minority Engineering Program: Minnie McGee, Assistant Dean

The Minority Engineering Program (MEP) provides comprehensive programs, activities

and services to increase the enrollment and matriculation success of diverse students

populations, especially ethnic groups underrepresented in engineering. With its internal

and external partners, MEP works to promote a campus environment where diversity is

understood, appreciated and needed for optimum preparation in a global society. Specific

programs include: pre-college initiatives such as summer camps, workshops, and STEM

clubs to increase the pool of STEM-interested high school graduates; bridge programs to

ease the transition to college; and college retention activities to encourage academic

excellence and persistence to graduation, as well as an active promotion of post-graduate

opportunities.

Office of Disability Services: Lois B. Harris, Director

The Office for Disability Services collaborates with and empowers students who have

disabilities in order to coordinate support services and programs that enable equal access to

an education and university life.

Office of International Affairs: William I. Brustein, PhD, Vice Provost

The Office of International Affairs cultivates and nurtures the growth of global

perspectives at The Ohio State University. As Ohio State enhances its mission for high

distinction in international education, scholarship, and public service, the Office of

International Affairs provides leadership and innovation to facilitate international

opportunities for our students and faculty, and makes educational resources accessible for

the campus, our international guests, and the community beyond. We also stimulate

activities that celebrate diverse cultures, foster the exchange of ideas, serve as the central

information hub for international activities, and support the growing international

dimension of Ohio State.

Office of Student Life: Javaune Adams-Gaston, Vice President for Student Life

D12

Ohio State's Office of Student Life connects the points where the University intersects with

students' lives, bringing the experience full-circle from the classroom and professional

development to home and play. The overarching goal of the Office of Student Life is to

enhance the student experience and promote student success.

Office of the Chief Information Officer: Kathleen Starkoff, Chief Information Officer

The Office of the Chief Information Officer (CIO) provides services to help Ohio State

faculty, students and staff use technologies in learning, teaching, research, and

administrative settings. The Office of the CIO consists of Learning Technology, Customer

Experience, Communications, Enterprise Applications, Enterprise Architecture, Finance,

and Human Resources, Infrastructure, the Program Management Office, and various

programs. The primary role of the Office of the CIO is to serve as a catalyst in working

with the campus community to leverage technology to advance and support the mission and

goals of the university.

Science and Engineering Library: Daniel Dotson, Mathematical Sciences Librarian

The Science and Engineering Library (SEL) is the university's 24 hour library. The library

is open to the entire OSU community and the general public. The Library's collection

primarily serves subject areas in most departments in the College of Mathematical and

Physical Sciences and the College of Engineering.

Outcomes Assessment Committee: Dave Tomasko, Committee Chair

The Outcomes Assessment Committee is a college wide, standing committee formed in

1998 and has the responsibility to:

1. Oversee the development and implementation of the College‘s Outcome Assessment

Model for Undergraduate Engineering Programs, with particular attention to ABET‘s

Engineering Criteria.

2. Serve as a vehicle for programs to exchange experience and coordinate activities

directed towards continuous program improvement.

3. Recommend activities and support innovations in curriculum assessment.

4. Work in concert with other committees of the College, in particular the Core

Curriculum and College Services Committee and College Committee on Academic

Affairs.

5. Coordinate Program Self Studies in preparation for ABET reviews.

The committee has representation from each ABET accredited program in the College.

Technical Communication Resources and Consulting: John Merrill, Interim Director

The Technical Communication Resources and Consulting (TCRC) program has the

responsibility for the ENG 367 course, which has a critical thinking and intensive writing

pedagogical format, encouraging exploration of the interrelations of technology and

society; supplies consultation on writing practice to engineering students; and gives support

to the Engineering Education Innovation Center program in assessment of curriculum

design for writing within engineering. TCRC is a drop-in center located in Hitchcock 305

with a limited number of staffed hours a week available for engineering students to get help

and consultation on all stages of writing and writing tasks. The staff provides consultation

for both graduate and undergraduate students as well as engineering staff and faculty.

D13

Undergraduate Research Office: Dr. Allison Snow, Director

The Undergraduate Research Office (URO) helps students pursue research opportunities at

The Ohio State University, a top public research institution. Research can be conducted

independently, as part of a team, in collaboration with faculty, here at the university or

elsewhere. The URO staff also serves as a resource for advisors, technical staff,

postdoctoral fellows, faculty and others who are part of the rich research environment at

Ohio State.

Women in Engineering Program: Glenda La Rue, Director

The Women in Engineering Program (WiE) was established at OSU in 1979 to recruit and

retain the university‘s population of female engineering students. The program has evolved

to include K-12 outreach initiatives to help grow the future engineering workforce. The

WiE Program offers many special services designed for both prospective and enrolled

women engineering students.

Walter E. Dennis Learning Center:

The purpose of the Walter E. Dennis Learning Center is to provide academic learning

services and support to OSU students. They serve as a "learning connection" for students

in need of learning assistance in a number of areas including study skills, time

management, test-taking strategies, learning from text, note-taking, and self-regulation

strategies.

6. Credit Unit

The Ohio State University is on a quarter system. The university year is divided into four

quarters of approximately eleven weeks each. The summer quarter is the beginning of the

university year and is divided into two terms of approximately six weeks. All courses are

assigned a number in accordance with Faculty Rules (http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-

05.php) and credit hours in accordance with the procedure outlined in the faculty rules

(http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-24-25.php). This rule states:

(A) All courses shall be assigned a number of credit hours in accordance with the

procedure outlined in rules 3335-8-02 to 3335-8-04 of the Administrative Code.

This may be any number from zero on up; however, in determining the credit

hours assigned, the department, school, college and council on academic affairs

should use as a guide the following suggested standards:

(1) One credit hour shall be assigned for each three hours per week of the

average student's time, including class hours, required to earn the average

grade of "C" in this course.

(2) One credit hour shall be assigned for each two consecutive hours of

practical or experimental work per week in any department or school.

(3) One credit hour shall be assigned for each three hours of laboratory work

per week, when no additional outside work is required. When outside

work is required, then the standard in paragraph (A)(1) of this rule shall be

applied.

(B) In determining the hours per week required by the course or work, the council

on academic affairs may, in appropriate cases, consider the average weekly hours

http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-05.php

http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-05.php

http://trustees.osu.edu/rules8/ru8-24-25.php

D14

spent during a quarter, semester, or session on the course or work. It should be

remembered that the above are guides only and may be deviated from for good

cause.

(C) When comparing or combining semester credit hours with quarter credit

hours, one semester credit hour shall be the equivalent of one and one-half quarter

credit hours. (B/T 7/9/2004)

When the University switches to semesters in the summer of 2012 it will be following the

Ohio Board of Regents rule for semester credits which states that one semester credit hour

will be awarded for a minimum of 750 minutes of formalized instruction that typically

requires students to work on out-of-class assignments an average of two hours for every hour

of formalized instruction. The University‘s Rules Committee is in the process of revising all

university rules to conform to this policy. The University has adopted an academic calendar

consisting of two semesters containing 70 instructional days each.

7. Quarters to Semesters Process

7.1 Quarters to Semesters Task Force

Shortly after the decision was made to switch to semesters the College formed that Quarters to

Semesters Task Force which had its first meeting on the 12th

of May 2009. At that meeting the

task force was informed that Interim Dean Gregory Washington charge to the task force was:

Provided with the opportunity to consider anew the content of a 21st Century engineering

education and the methods by which that content is delivered, I am convening a task

force of the faculty of the College of Engineering to undertake the following charge:

1) Establish the framework for a transition of engineering curricula to a semester-based

calendar and work with the COE representatives to the University Senate to provide input

to the process for deciding the semester-based university calendar model.

2) Evaluate and define the common technical elements (i.e., math, science, and engineering)

that are central to the education of all engineers.

3) Evaluate and define the elements of a liberal education necessary for all engineers.

4) Provide a forum for discussion and evaluation of novel approaches for delivering the

elements of engineering education, be they common to all disciplines or discipline-

specific, with consideration of the following attributes:

a. Recommendations of the Engineer of 2020 report

b. Embracing diversity and cultures

c. Delivering a global education

d. Impact on ABET accreditation

5) Deliver recommendations on the methods, format, and calendar of semester-based

curricula in the College of Engineering.

6) Assist programs in developing individual curriculum change proposals which will be

packaged together as a single submission from the college

7) Develop a transition plan to guide advising of students who will be enrolled when the

semester shift is implemented.

D15

This task force will be convened and chaired by the Associate Dean for Undergraduate

Education and Student Services, David Tomasko, with representation from the following

constituencies:

All degree offering units in the College (AAE, Aviation, BME, CBE, Civil, CSE, ECE,

EngPhys, Environmental, FABE, ISE, ME, MSE, WE)

Knowlton School of Architecture

EEIC Freshman Programs

College representatives to CAA and University Senate

One (1) academic advisor

Two (2) undergraduate students

One (1) graduate student

Liaisons from College Committees:

College Committee on Academic Affairs

Core Curriculum and UG Services

Outcomes Assessment Committee

Graduate Studies Chairs Committee

The task force will begin meeting immediately and be asked to report back on its

progress quarterly. Members will asked to serve for a period of one year at which time a

determination will be made to either continue the task force or create an implementation

committee.

The Task Force held regular meetings to discuss various issues concerning the switch to

semesters along with developing college policy with the idea of providing guidance to the

programs as they created their semester curriculum. At some of the meetings guests from

outside service units were invited to present how they were developing their semester courses

and to gather input from Engineering on our needs. In addition, research was conducted on other

institutions so that we could have bench marks as references.

7.2 Core Curriculum and UG Services Committee

The Core Curriculum and UG Services Committee is responsible for the on-going development

of the engineering core curriculum, the engineering general education curriculum, College listed

courses and undergraduate student services within the college. Consequently, it has been

actively involved in creating the semester core curriculum to include working with outside units

and creating memorandums of understanding with them. All curriculum proposed by this

committee was sent to the College Committee on Academic Affairs for their consideration.

7.3 Honors Committee

The College‘s Honors Committee is the responsibility for assuring an active program for the

support and recognition of undergraduate honors students to include determining policy for

attaining and retaining of honors status in the College of Engineering. Consequently, the

committee has created a semester policy which was sent to the College Committee on Academic

Affairs for their consideration.

7.4 College Committee on Academic Affairs

D16

The College Committee on Academic Affairs (CCAA) is responsible for reviewing and

approving or disapproving proposals for changes in courses and curricula which are

recommended by departments and reporting its decisions to the University‘s Council on

Academic Affairs. CCAA created three subcommittees to review all semester curriculum,

course, and policy proposals. Once a proposal had been reviewed and approved by a

subcommittee it was presented to the full committee for its approval. After the full committee

approved a proposal it was forwarded to the University‘s Council on Academic Affairs (CAA)

for its approval. CAA was the last level of approval needed for all semester curriculum, course,

and policy proposals

8. Tables

Complete the following tables for the program undergoing evaluation.

D17

Table D-1. Program Enrollment and Degree Data

Welding Engineering

Academic

Year

Enrollment Year

Tota

l

Under

gra

d

Tota

l

Gra

d Degrees Awarded

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Associates Bachelors Masters Doctorates

2010 FT 4 10 12 47 73 37 30 6 1

PT

2009 FT 9 9 18 59 95 34 22 16 1

PT

2008 FT 8 14 26 54 102 37 38 6 4

PT

2007 FT 0 0 11 53 64 35 36 11 2

PT

2006 FT 0 0 15 62 77 37 45 10 4

PT

D18

Table D-2. Personnel

Welding Engineering

Year1: 2010

HEAD COUNT FTE

2

FT PT

Administrative3 4 1 0.88

Faculty (tenure-track) 4 1 4.9

Other Faculty (excluding student

Assistants) 1 0 1

Student Teaching Assistants 0 1 0.5

Student Research Assistants 0 6 3

Technicians/Specialists 4 0 0.91

Office/Clerical Employees 1 3 0.6

Others4

Report data for the program being evaluated.

1 Data on this table should be for the fall term immediately preceding the visit.

Updated tables for the fall term when the ABET team is visiting are to be

prepared and presented to the team when they arrive.

2

For student teaching assistants, 1 FTE equals 20 hours per week of work (or

service). For undergraduate and graduate students, 1 FTE equals 15 semester

credit-hours (or 24 quarter credit-hours) per term of institutional course work,

meaning all courses — science, humanities and social sciences, etc. For faculty

members, 1 FTE equals what your institution defines as a full-time load.

3

Persons holding joint administrative/faculty positions or other combined

assignments should be allocated to each category according to the fraction of the

appointment assigned to that category.

4

Specify any other category considered appropriate, or leave blank.

D19

Table D-3, Organizational Chart

The Ohio State University Engineering Programs

Dr. E. Gordon Gee, University President

Dr. Joseph Alutto, University Executive Vice President and

Provost

Dr. David Williams, Dean, College of

Engineering

Dr. Krishnaswamy Srinivasan, Chair,

Department of Mechanical and

Aerospace Engineering

Dr. Mei Zhuang, Aeronautical & AstronauticalEngineering

Dr. Gary Kinzel, Mechanical Engineering

Dr. Richard Hart, Chair, Department of

Biomedical Engineering

Dr. Mark Ruegsegger, Biomedical Engineering

Dr. Stuart Cooper, Chair, Department of Chemical

and BiomolecularEngineering

Dr. Jim Rathman, Chemical Engineering

Dr. Xiaodong Zhang, Chair, Department of

Computer Science and Engineering

Dr. Neelam Soundarajan, Computer Science and Engineering

Dr. Carolyn Merry, Chair, Department of

Civil and Environmental Engineering and Geodetic Science

Dr. Mark McCord, Civil Engineering

Dr. John Lenhart, Environmental

Engineering

Dr. Robert Lee, Chair, Department of Electrical

and Computer Engineering

Dr. George Valco, Computer Engineering

Dr. George Valco, Electrical Engineering

Dr. Julia Higle, Chair, Department of

Integrated Systems Engineering

Dr. Steve Lavender, Industrial & Systems

Engineering

Dr. Rudolph Buchheit, Chair, Department of Materials Science and

Engineering

Dr. Yogesh Sahai, Materials Science &

Engineering

Dr. Dave Farson, Welding Engineering

Dr. Bobby Moser, Dean College of Food, Agricultural, and

Environmental Sciences

Dr. Sudhir Sastry, Interim Chair,

Department of Food, Agricultural and

Biological Engineering

Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Agricultural Engineering

Dr. Gonul Kaletunc, Food, Biological, and

Ecological Engineering

Dr. Joseph Steinmetz, Dean College of Arts &

Science

Dr. Peter March, Interim Divisional Dean of

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Dr. James Beatty, Chair, Department of Physics

Dr. Richard Hughes, Engineering Physics

2011 we abet self-study

Documents